10-Q

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

þ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2011

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number: 001-13958

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) 13-3317783
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut
(Address of principal executive offices) 06155
(Zip Code)

(860) 547-5000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer þ	Accelerated filer o	Non-accelerated filer o	Smaller reporting company o
		(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ

As of April 26, 2011 there were outstanding 445,273,635 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the registrant.

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q
FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item	Description	Page
	Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
1.	Financial Statements
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		5
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010		6
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets — As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010		7
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010		8
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income — For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010		9
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010		10
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements		11
2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		52
3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		104
4.	Controls and Procedures		104
	Part II. OTHER INFORMATION
1.	Legal Proceedings		105
1A.	Risk Factors		107
2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds		107
6.	Exhibits		107
	Signature		108
	Exhibits Index		109
Exhibit 15.01
Exhibit 31.01
Exhibit 31.02
Exhibit 32.01
Exhibit 32.02
EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

2

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain of the statements contained herein are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” and similar references to future periods.

Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding economic, competitive, legislative and other developments. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. They have been made based upon management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect upon The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “The Hartford”). Future developments may not be in line with management’s expectations or may have unanticipated effects. Actual results could differ materially from expectations, depending on the evolution of various factors, including those set forth in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report. These important risks and uncertainties include:

• challenges related to the Company’s current operating environment, including continuing uncertainty about the strength and speed of the recovery in the United States and other key economies and the impact of governmental stimulus and austerity initiatives, sovereign credit concerns and other developments on financial, commodity and credit markets and consumer spending and investment;

• the success of our initiatives relating to the realignment of our business in 2010 and plans to improve the profitability and long-term growth prospects of our key divisions, including through opportunistic acquisitions or divestitures, and the impact of regulatory or other constraints on our ability to complete these initiatives and deploy capital among our businesses as and when planned;

• market risks associated with our business, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, and implied volatility levels, as well as continuing uncertainty in key sectors such as the global real estate market;

• volatility in our earnings resulting from our adjustment of our risk management program to emphasize protection of statutory surplus and cash flows;

• the impact on our statutory capital of various factors, including many that are outside the Company’s control, which can in turn affect our credit and financial strength ratings, cost of capital, regulatory compliance and other aspects of our business and results;

• risks to our business, financial position, prospects and results associated with negative rating actions or downgrades in the Company’s financial strength and credit ratings or negative rating actions or downgrades relating to our investments;

• the potential for differing interpretations of the methodologies, estimations and assumptions that underlie the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments that could result in changes to investment valuations;

• the subjective determinations that underlie the Company’s evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities;

• losses due to nonperformance or defaults by others;

• the potential for further acceleration of deferred policy acquisition cost amortization;

• the potential for further impairments of our goodwill or the potential for changes in valuation allowances against deferred tax assets;

• the possible occurrence of terrorist attacks and the Company’s ability to contain its exposure, including the effect of the absence or insufficiency of applicable terrorism legislation on coverage;

• the difficulty in predicting the Company’s potential exposure for asbestos and environmental claims;

• the possibility of a pandemic, earthquake, or other natural or man-made disaster that may adversely affect our businesses and cost and availability of reinsurance;

• weather and other natural physical events, including the severity and frequency of storms, hail, winter storms, hurricanes and tropical storms, as well as climate change and its potential impact on weather patterns;

• the response of reinsurance companies under reinsurance contracts and the availability, pricing and adequacy of reinsurance to protect the Company against losses;

• the possibility of unfavorable loss development;

• actions by our competitors, many of which are larger or have greater financial resources than we do;

3

• the restrictions, oversight, costs and other consequences of being a savings and loan holding company, including from the supervision, regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”), and in the future, as a result of the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), The Federal Reserve as the Company’s regulator and the Office of the Controller of the Currency as regulator of Federal Trust Bank;

• the cost and other effects of increased regulation as a result of the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, which will, among other effects, vest a newly created Financial Services Oversight Council with the power to designate “systemically important” institutions, require central clearing of, and/or impose new margin and capital requirements on, derivatives transactions, and may affect our ability as a savings and loan holding company to manage our general account by limiting or eliminating investments in certain private equity and hedge funds;

• the potential effect of other domestic and foreign regulatory developments, including those that could adversely impact the demand for the Company’s products, operating costs and required capital levels, including changes to statutory reserves and/or risk-based capital requirements related to secondary guarantees under universal life and variable annuity products or changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws that affect the relative attractiveness of our investment products;

• the Company’s ability to distribute its products through distribution channels, both current and future;

• the uncertain effects of emerging claim and coverage issues;

• regulatory limitations on the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends;

• the Company’s ability to effectively price its property and casualty policies, including its ability to obtain regulatory consents to pricing actions or to non-renewal or withdrawal of certain product lines;

• the Company’s ability to maintain the availability of its systems and safeguard the security of its data in the event of a disaster or other unanticipated events;

• the risk that our framework for managing business risks may not be effective in mitigating material risk and loss;

• the potential for difficulties arising from outsourcing relationships;

• the impact of potential changes in federal or state tax laws, including changes affecting the availability of the separate account dividend received deduction;

• the impact of potential changes in accounting principles and related financial reporting requirements;

• the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property and defend against claims of infringement;

• unfavorable judicial or legislative developments; and

• other factors described in such forward-looking statements.

Any forward-looking statement made by the Company in this document speaks only as of the date of the filing of this Form 10-Q. Factors or events that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for the Company to predict all of them. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

4

Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.

Hartford, Connecticut

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2011, and the related condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2011 and 2010. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity, comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein); and in our report dated February 25, 2011 (which report includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s change in its method of accounting and reporting for variable interest entities and embedded credit derivatives as required by accounting guidance adopted in 2010, for other-than-temporary impairments as required by accounting guidance adopted in 2009, and for the fair value measurement of financial instruments as required by accounting guidance adopted in 2008), we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
May 2, 2011

5

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(In millions, except for per share data)	2011			2010
	(Unaudited)
Revenues
Earned premiums	$	3,519		$	3,527
Fee income		1,209			1,180
Net investment income:
Securities available-for-sale and other		1,116			1,059
Equity securities, trading		803			701
Total net investment income		1,919			1,760
Net realized capital losses:
Total other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses		(119	)		(340	)
OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income		64			188
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings		(55	)		(152	)
Net realized capital losses, excluding net OTTI losses recognized in earnings		(348	)		(122	)
Total net realized capital losses		(403	)		(274	)
Other revenues		64			64
Total revenues		6,308			6,257
Benefits, losses and expenses
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		3,178			3,133
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses — returns credited on international variable annuities		803			701
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits		664			647
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		1,125			1,121
Interest expense		128			120
Total benefits, losses and expenses		5,898			5,722
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		410			535
Income tax expense		59			216
Income from continuing operations, net of tax		351			319
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax		160			—
Net income	$	511		$	319
Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount		10			483
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	501		$	(164	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders per common share
Basic	$	0.77		$	(0.42	)
Diluted	$	0.69		$	(0.42	)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per common share
Basic	$	1.13		$	(0.42	)
Diluted	$	1.01		$	(0.42	)
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.10		$	0.05

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

6

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

	March 31,			December 31,
(In millions, except for share and per share data)	2011			2010
	(Unaudited)
Assets
Investments
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $78,512 and $78,419) (includes variable interest entity assets, at fair value, of $334 and $406)	$	78,268		$	77,820
Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option (includes variable interest entity assets of $329 and $323)		1,230			649
Equity securities, trading, at fair value (cost of $32,615 and $33,899)		32,339			32,820
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost of $951 and $1,013)		993			973
Mortgage loans (net of allowances for loan losses of $153 and $155)		4,736			4,489
Policy loans, at outstanding balance		2,181			2,181
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments (includes variable interest entity assets of $9 and $14)		1,972			1,918
Other investments		640			1,617
Short-term investments		7,330			8,528
Total investments		129,689			130,995
Cash		2,317			2,062
Premiums receivable and agents’ balances, net		3,396			3,273
Reinsurance recoverables, net		4,981			4,862
Deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits		9,843			9,857
Deferred income taxes, net		3,401			3,725
Goodwill		1,051			1,051
Property and equipment, net		1,132			1,150
Other assets		2,685			1,629
Separate account assets		164,043			159,742
Total assets	$	322,538		$	318,346
Liabilities
Reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses	$	39,420		$	39,598
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable		43,891			44,550
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable — international variable annuities		32,297			32,793
Unearned premiums		5,314			5,176
Short-term debt		400			400
Long-term debt		6,210			6,207
Consumer notes		382			382
Other liabilities (includes variable interest entity liabilities of $429 and $394)		9,582			9,187
Separate account liabilities		164,043			159,742
Total liabilities		301,539			298,035
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value — 50,000,000 shares authorized, 575,000 shares issued, liquidation preference $1,000 per share		556			556
Common stock, $0.01 par value — 1,500,000,000 shares authorized, 469,754,771 shares issued		5			5
Additional paid-in capital		10,391			10,448
Retained earnings		12,533			12,077
Treasury stock, at cost — 24,646,651 and 25,205,283 shares		(1,722	)		(1,774	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax		(764	)		(1,001	)
Total stockholders’ equity		20,999			20,311
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	322,538		$	318,346

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

7

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(In millions, except for share data)	2011			2010
	(Unaudited)
Preferred Stock, at beginning of period	$	556		$	2,960
Issuance of mandatory convertible preferred stock		—			556
Accelerated accretion of discount from redemption of preferred stock issued to U.S. Treasury		—			440
Redemption of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury		—			(3,400	)
Preferred Stock, at end of period		556			556
Common Stock		5			5
Additional Paid-in Capital, at beginning of period		10,448			8,985
Issuance of shares under public offering		—			1,599
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans		(47	)		(103	)
Tax expense on employee stock options and awards		(10	)		(6	)
Additional Paid-in Capital, at end of period		10,391			10,475
Retained Earnings, at beginning of period, before cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax		12,077			11,164
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax		—			26
Retained Earnings, at beginning of period, as adjusted		12,077			11,190
Net income (loss)		511			319
Accelerated accretion of discount from redemption of preferred stock issued to U.S. Treasury		—			(440	)
Dividends on preferred stock		(10	)		(43	)
Dividends declared on common stock		(45	)		(20	)
Retained Earnings, at end of period		12,533			11,006
Treasury Stock, at Cost, at beginning of period		(1,774	)		(1,936	)
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans from treasury stock		57			114
Return of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans to treasury stock		(5	)		(3	)
Treasury Stock, at Cost, at end of period		(1,722	)		(1,825	)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax, at beginning of period		(1,001	)		(3,312	)
Total other comprehensive income		237			935
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax, at end of period		(764	)		(2,377	)
Noncontrolling Interest, at beginning of period		—			29
Recognition of noncontrolling interest in other liabilities		—			(29	)
Noncontrolling Interest, at end of period		—			—
Total Stockholders’ Equity	$	20,999		$	17,840
Preferred Shares Outstanding, at beginning of period (in thousands)		575			3,400
Redemption of shares issued to the U.S. Treasury		—			(3,400	)
Issuance of mandatory convertible preferred shares		—			575
Preferred Shares Outstanding, at end of period		575			575
Common Shares Outstanding, at beginning of period (in thousands)		444,549			383,007
Issuance of shares under public offering		—			59,590
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans		727			1,455
Return of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans and other to treasury stock		(168	)		(125	)
Common Shares Outstanding, at end of period		445,108			443,927

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

8

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(In millions)	2011			2010
	(Unaudited)
Comprehensive Income
Net income	$	511		$	319
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Change in net unrealized gain / loss on securities		310			859
Change in OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income		5			32
Change in net gain (loss) on cash-flow hedging instruments		(68	)		66
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments		(32	)		(36	)
Amortization of prior service cost and actuarial net losses included in net periodic benefit costs		22			14
Total other comprehensive income		237			935
Total comprehensive income	$	748		$	1,254

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

9

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(In millions)	2011			2010
	(Unaudited)
Operating Activities
Net income	$	511		$	319
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits		664			651
Additions to deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits		(653	)		(680	)
Change in reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and unearned premiums		(39	)		33
Change in reinsurance recoverables		59			45
Change in receivables and other assets		(49	)		(180	)
Change in payables and accruals		(23	)		(109	)
Change in accrued and deferred income taxes		67			128
Net realized capital losses		176			276
Net disbursements from investment contracts related to policyholder funds — international variable annuities		(496	)		(257	)
Net decrease in equity securities, trading		481			268
Depreciation and amortization		128			144
Other operating activities, net		(352	)		(150	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		474			488
Investing Activities
Proceeds from the sale/maturity/prepayment of:
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale		8,860			11,534
Equity securities, available-for-sale		24			108
Mortgage loans		70			726
Partnerships		58			145
Payments for the purchase of:
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale		(7,588	)		(11,973	)
Fixed maturities, fair value option		(531	)		—
Equity securities, available-for-sale		(25	)		(15	)
Mortgage loans		(326	)		(18	)
Partnerships		(55	)		(72	)
Proceeds from business sold		278			—
Derivatives, net		(465	)		(252	)
Change in policy loans, net		—			(3	)
Change in payables for collateral under securities lending, net		—			(23	)
Other investing activities, net		(46	)		(58	)
Net cash provided by investing activities		254			99
Financing Activities
Deposits and other additions to investment and universal life-type contracts		3,338			5,468
Withdrawals and other deductions from investment and universal life-type contracts		(6,174	)		(5,614	)
Net transfers from separate accounts related to investment and universal life-type contracts		2,418			124
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		—			1,090
Payments on capital lease obligations		—			(68	)
Repayments at maturity or settlement of consumer notes		—			(302	)
Net proceeds from issuance of mandatory convertible preferred stock		—			556
Net proceeds from issuance of common shares under public offering		—			1,600
Redemption of preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury		—			(3,400	)
Proceeds from net issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans and excess tax benefit		(2	)		8
Dividends paid on preferred stock		(11	)		(64	)
Dividends paid on common stock		(19	)		(20	)
Changes in bank deposits and payments on bank advances		(1	)		(30	)
Net cash used for financing activities		(451	)		(652	)
Foreign exchange rate effect on cash		(22	)		2
Net increase (decrease) in cash		255			(63	)
Cash — beginning of period		2,062			2,142
Cash — end of period	$	2,317		$	2,079
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Income taxes paid	$	26		$	87
Interest paid	$	89		$	61

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

10

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated)

(Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. is a holding company for insurance and financial services subsidiaries that provide investment products and life and property and casualty insurance to both individual and business customers in the United States (collectively, “The Hartford” or the “Company”). Also, The Hartford continues to administer business previously sold in Japan and the U.K.

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which differ materially from the accounting practices prescribed by various insurance regulatory authorities.

The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes as of March 31, 2011, and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 are unaudited. These financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal accruals) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods. These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report. The results of operations for the interim periods should not be considered indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

Consolidation

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., companies in which the Company directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest and those variable interest entities in which the Company is required to consolidate. Entities in which the Company has significant influence over the operating and financing decisions but are not required to consolidate are reported using the equity method. Material intercompany transactions and balances between The Hartford and its subsidiaries and affiliates have been eliminated. For further discussions on variable interest entities see Note 5 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Discontinued Operations

For first quarter 2011 reporting, the Company is presenting the operations of certain subsidiaries that meet the criteria for reporting as discontinued operations. Income statement amounts for prior periods have been retrospectively reclassified. See Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the specific subsidiaries and related impacts.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The most significant estimates include those used in determining property and casualty insurance product reserves, net of reinsurance; estimated gross profits used in the valuation and amortization of assets and liabilities associated with variable annuity and other universal life-type contracts; evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities and valuation allowances on investments; living benefits required to be fair valued; goodwill impairment; valuation of investments and derivative instruments; pension and other postretirement benefit obligations; valuation allowance on deferred tax assets; and contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters. Certain of these estimates are particularly sensitive to market conditions, and deterioration and/or volatility in the worldwide debt or equity markets could have a material impact on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Significant Accounting Policies

For a description of significant accounting policies, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report, which should be read in conjunction with these accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

11

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)

Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the tax provision at the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011			2010
Tax expense at U.S. Federal statutory rate	$	144		$	187
Tax-exempt interest		(37	)		(39	)
Dividends received deduction		(37	)		(41	)
Valuation allowance		(2	)		86
Other		(9	)		23
Income tax expense	$	59		$	216

The separate account dividends received deduction (“DRD”) is estimated for the current year using information from the prior year-end, adjusted for current year equity market performance and other appropriate factors, including estimated levels of corporate dividend payments and level of policy owner equity account balances. The actual current year DRD can vary from estimates based on, but not limited to, changes in eligible dividends received by the mutual funds, amounts of distribution from these mutual funds, amounts of short-term capital gains at the mutual fund level and the Company’s taxable income before the DRD. The Company evaluates its DRD computations on a quarterly basis.

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits were unchanged during the three months ended March 31, 2011, remaining at $48 as of March 31, 2011. This entire amount, if it were recognized, would affect the effective tax rate for the applicable periods.

The Company’s federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). Audits have been concluded for all years through 2006. The audit of the years 2007 - 2009 commenced during 2010 and is expected to conclude by the end of 2012. In addition, the Company is working with the IRS on a possible settlement of a DRD issue related to prior periods which, if settled, may result in the booking of tax benefits. Such benefits are not expected to be material to the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The Company has recorded a deferred tax asset valuation allowance that is adequate to reduce the total deferred tax asset to an amount that will more likely than not be realized. The deferred tax asset valuation allowance was $171 as of March 31, 2011 and was $173 as of December 31, 2010. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considered future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, and taxable income in prior carry back years, as well as tax planning strategies that include holding a portion of debt securities with market value losses until recovery, selling appreciated securities to offset capital losses, business considerations such as asset-liability matching, and sales of certain corporate assets. Such tax planning strategies are viewed by management as prudent and feasible and will be implemented if necessary to realize the deferred tax asset. Future economic conditions and debt market volatility, including increases in interest rates, can adversely impact the Company’s tax planning strategies and in particular the Company’s ability to utilize tax benefits on previously recognized realized capital losses.

Also, for the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company incurred a charge of $19 related to a decrease in deferred tax assets as a result of federal legislation that will reduce the tax deduction available to the Company related to retiree health care costs beginning in 2013.

12

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

2. Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) and shares used in calculating basic earnings (loss) per common share to those used in calculating diluted earnings (loss) per common share.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(In millions, except for per share data)	2011		2010
Earnings
Income from continuing operations
Income from continuing operations, net of tax	$	351	$	319
Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount		10		483
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders		341		(164	)
Add: Dilutive effect of preferred stock dividends		10		—
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders and assumed conversion of preferred shares	$	351	$	(164	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	160	$	—
Net income (loss)
Net income	$	511	$	319
Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount		10		483
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders		501		(164	)
Add: Dilutive effect of preferred stock dividends		10		—
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders and assumed conversion of preferred shares	$	511	$	(164	)
Shares
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic		444.6		393.7
Dilutive effect of warrants		41.1		—
Dilutive effect of stock compensation plans		1.8		—
Dilutive effect of mandatory convertible preferred shares		20.7		—
Weighted average shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares		508.2		393.7
Earnings (loss) per common share
Basic
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders	$	0.77	$	(0.42	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		0.36		—
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	1.13	$	(0.42	)
Diluted
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders	$	0.69	$	(0.42	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		0.32		—
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	1.01	$	(0.42	)

The declaration of a quarterly common stock dividend of $0.10 during the first quarter of 2011 triggered a provision in The Hartford’s Warrant Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon, relating to warrants to purchase common stock issued in connection with the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program, resulting in an adjustment to the warrant exercise price to $9.773 from $9.790.

As a result of the net loss available to common shareholders for the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company is required to use basic weighted average common shares outstanding in the calculation of the three months ended March 31, 2010 diluted loss per share, since the inclusion of 33.6 million shares for warrants, 1.2 million shares for stock compensation plans and 3.4 million shares for mandatory convertible preferred shares, along with the related dividend adjustment, would have been antidilutive to the earnings per share calculation. In the absence of the net loss available to common shareholders and assuming the impact of the mandatory convertible preferred shares was not antidilutive, weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares would have totaled 431.9 million.

13

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

3. Segment Information

The Hartford is organized into three customer-oriented divisions, Commercial Markets, Consumer Markets and Wealth Management, conducting business principally in seven reporting segments. The Company’s seven reporting segments, as well as the Corporate and Other category, are as follows:

Commercial Markets

Property & Casualty Commercial

Property & Casualty Commercial provides workers’ compensation, property, automobile, marine, livestock, liability and umbrella coverages primarily throughout the United States (“U.S.”), along with a variety of customized insurance products and risk management services including professional liability, fidelity, surety, specialty casualty coverages and third-party administrator services.

Group Benefits

Group Benefits provides employers, associations, affinity groups and financial institutions with group life, accident and disability coverage, along with other products and services, including voluntary benefits and group retiree health.

Consumer Markets

Consumer Markets provides standard automobile, homeowners and home-based business coverages to individuals across the U.S., including a special program designed exclusively for members of AARP. Consumer Markets also operates a member contact center for health insurance products offered through the AARP Health program.

Wealth Management

Global Annuity

Global Annuity offers individual variable, fixed market value adjusted (“fixed MVA”) and single premium immediate annuities in the U.S., a range of products to institutional investors, including but not limited to, stable value contracts, and administers investments, retirement savings and other insurance and savings products to individuals and groups outside the U.S., primarily in Japan and Europe.

Life Insurance

Life Insurance sells a variety of life insurance products, including variable universal life, universal life, and term life, as well as private placement life insurance (“PPLI”) owned by corporations and high net worth individuals.

Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans provides products and services to corporations pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and products and services to municipalities and not-for-profit organizations under Sections 457 and 403(b) of the Code, collectively referred to as government plans.

Mutual Funds

Mutual Funds offers retail mutual funds, investment-only mutual funds and college savings plans under Section 529 of the Code (collectively referred to as non-proprietary) and proprietary mutual fund supporting insurance products issued by The Hartford.

Corporate and Other

The Hartford includes in Corporate and Other the Company’s debt financing and related interest expense, as well as other capital raising activities; banking operations; certain fee income and commission expenses associated with sales of non-proprietary products by broker-dealer subsidiaries; and certain purchase accounting adjustments and other charges not allocated to the segments. Also included in Corporate and Other is the Company’s management of certain property and casualty operations that have discontinued writing new business and substantially all of the Company’s asbestos and environmental exposures, collectively referred to as Other Operations.

Financial Measures and Other Segment Information

The following table presents net income (loss) for each reporting segment, as well as the Corporate and Other category.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011			2010
Property & Casualty Commercial	$	327		$	206
Group Benefits		11			51
Consumer Markets		110			56
Global Annuity		50			80
Life Insurance		35			24
Retirement Plans		15			(6	)
Mutual Funds		28			26
Corporate and Other		(65	)		(118	)
Net income	$	511		$	319

14

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

3. Segment Information (continued)

The following table presents revenues by product line for each reporting segment, as well as the Corporate and Other category.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011			2010
Earned premiums, fees, and other considerations
Property & Casualty Commercial
Workers’ compensation	$	665		$	575
Property		135			140
Automobile		146			152
Package business		283			279
Liability		135			139
Fidelity and surety		55			56
Professional liability		79			83
Total Property & Casualty Commercial		1,498			1,424
Group Benefits
Group disability		477			531
Group life and accident		517			512
Other		50			59
Total Group Benefits		1,044			1,102
Consumer Markets
Automobile		672			713
Homeowners		284			283
Total Consumer Markets [1]		956			996
Global Annuity
Variable annuity		639			600
Fixed / MVA and other annuity		10			12
Institutional investment products		1			13
Total Global Annuity		650			625
Life Insurance
Variable life		90			102
Universal life		106			105
Term / other life		13			13
PPLI		44			40
Total Life Insurance		253			260
Retirement Plans
401(k)		84			76
Government plans		13			11
Total Retirement Plans		97			87
Mutual Funds
Non-proprietary		162			151
Proprietary		16			16
Total Mutual Funds		178			167
Corporate and Other		52			46
Total earned premiums, fees, and other considerations		4,728			4,707
Net investment income:
Securities available-for-sale and other		1,116			1,059
Equity securities, trading		803			701
Total net investment income		1,919			1,760
Net realized capital losses		(403	)		(274	)
Other revenues		64			64
Total revenues	$	6,308		$	6,257

[1] For the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, AARP members accounted for earned premiums of $698 and $715, respectively.

15

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements — Financial Instruments Excluding Guaranteed Living Benefits

The following financial instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements: fixed maturity and equity securities, available-for-sale (“AFS”); fixed maturities at fair value using fair value option (“FVO”); equity securities, trading; short-term investments; freestanding and embedded derivatives; separate account assets; and certain other liabilities.

The following section and Note 4a apply the fair value hierarchy and disclosure requirements for the Company’s financial instruments that are carried at fair value. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs in the valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad Levels (Level 1, 2 or 3).

Level 1	Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 securities include highly liquid U.S. Treasuries, money market funds and exchange traded equity securities, open-ended mutual funds reported in separate account assets and derivative securities, including futures and certain option contracts.
Level 2	Observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, for the asset or liability or prices for similar assets and liabilities. Most fixed maturities and preferred stocks, including those reported in separate account assets, are model priced by vendors using observable inputs and are classified within Level 2. Also included in the Level 2 category are exchange traded equity securities, investment grade private placement securities and derivative instruments that are priced using models with significant observable market inputs, including interest rate, foreign currency and certain credit default swap contracts and have no significant unobservable market inputs.
Level 3	Valuations that are derived from techniques in which one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable (including assumptions about risk). Level 3 securities include less liquid securities such as lower quality asset-backed securities (“ABS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), commercial real estate (“CRE”) collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) primarily backed by below-prime loans and below investment grade private placement securities. Also included in Level 3 are guaranteed product embedded and reinsurance derivatives and other complex derivative securities, including customized guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (“GMWB”) hedging derivatives (see Note 4a for further information on GMWB product related financial instruments), equity derivatives, long dated derivatives, swaps with optionality, certain complex credit derivatives and certain other liabilities. Because Level 3 fair values, by their nature, contain one or more significant unobservable inputs as there is little or no observable market for these assets and liabilities, considerable judgment is used to determine the Level 3 fair values. Level 3 fair values represent the Company’s best estimate of an amount that could be realized in a current market exchange absent actual market exchanges.

In many situations, inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or liability position may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In these situations, the Company will determine the level in which the fair value falls based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value. Transfers of securities among the levels occur at the beginning of the reporting period. Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 were not material for the three months ended March 31, 2011. In most cases, both observable (e.g., changes in interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in risk assumptions) inputs are used in the determination of fair values that the Company has classified within Level 3. Consequently, these values and the related gains and losses are based upon both observable and unobservable inputs. The Company’s fixed maturities included in Level 3 are classified as such as they are primarily priced by independent brokers and/or within illiquid markets.

16

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements — Financial Instruments Excluding Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

These disclosures provide information as to the extent to which the Company uses fair value to measure financial instruments and information about the inputs used to value those financial instruments to allow users to assess the relative reliability of the measurements. The following tables present assets and (liabilities) carried at fair value by hierarchy level, excluding those related to the Company’s living benefits and associated hedging programs, which are reported in Note 4a.

	March 31, 2011
				Quoted Prices in
				Active Markets			Significant			Significant
				for Identical			Observable			Unobservable
				Assets			Inputs			Inputs
	Total			(Level 1)			(Level 2)			(Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Fixed maturities, AFS
ABS	$	3,150		$	—		$	2,704		$	446
CDOs		2,674			—			—			2,674
CMBS		7,709			—			6,968			741
Corporate		40,913			—			38,817			2,096
Foreign government/government agencies		1,802			—			1,739			63
States, municipalities and political subdivisions (“Municipal”)		12,327			—			12,051			276
RMBS		5,014			—			3,890			1,124
U.S. Treasuries		4,679			367			4,312			—
Total fixed maturities, AFS		78,268			367			70,481			7,420
Fixed maturities, FVO		1,230			—			651			579
Equity securities, trading		32,339			2,283			30,056			—
Equity securities, AFS		993			318			595			80
Derivative assets
Credit derivatives		(7	)		—			(14	)		7
Equity derivatives		3			—			—			3
Foreign exchange derivatives		324			—			324			—
Interest rate derivatives		(7	)		—			(57	)		50
Other derivative contracts		31			—			—			31
Total derivative assets [1]		344			—			253			91
Short-term investments		7,330			468			6,862			—
Separate account assets [2]		156,193			119,944			35,042			1,207
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	276,697		$	123,380		$	143,940		$	9,377
Percentage of level to total		100	%		45	%		52	%		3	%
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable
Equity linked notes	$	(10	)	$	—		$	—		$	(10	)
Derivative liabilities
Credit derivatives		(463	)		—			(74	)		(389	)
Equity derivatives		2			—			—			2
Foreign exchange derivatives		217			—			217			—
Interest rate derivatives		(337	)		—			(296	)		(41	)
Total derivative liabilities [3]		(581	)		—			(153	)		(428	)
Other liabilities		(51	)		—			—			(51	)
Consumer notes [4]		(5	)		—			—			(5	)
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	(647	)	$	—		$	(153	)	$	(494	)

[1]	Includes over-the-counter derivative instruments in a net asset value position which may require the counterparty to pledge collateral to the Company. As of March 31, 2011, $195 of a cash collateral liability was netted against the derivative asset value in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and is excluded from the table above. See footnote 3 below for derivative liabilities.
[2]	As of March 31, 2011, excludes approximately $8 billion of investment sales receivable that are not subject to fair value accounting.
[3]	Includes over-the-counter derivative instruments in a net negative market value position (derivative liability). In the Level 3 roll-forward table included below in this Note 4, the derivative asset and liability are referred to as “freestanding derivatives” and are presented on a net basis.
[4]	Represents embedded derivatives associated with non-funding agreement-backed consumer equity linked notes.

17

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements — Financial Instruments Excluding Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

	December 31, 2010
				Quoted Prices in
				Active Markets			Significant			Significant
				for Identical			Observable			Unobservable
				Assets			Inputs			Inputs
	Total			(Level 1)			(Level 2)			(Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Fixed maturities, AFS
ABS	$	2,889		$	—		$	2,412		$	477
CDOs		2,611			—			30			2,581
CMBS		7,917			—			7,228			689
Corporate		39,884			—			37,755			2,129
Foreign government/government agencies		1,683			—			1,627			56
Municipal		12,124			—			11,852			272
RMBS		5,683			—			4,398			1,285
U.S. Treasuries		5,029			434			4,595			—
Total fixed maturities, AFS		77,820			434			69,897			7,489
Fixed maturities, FVO		649			—			127			522
Equity securities, trading		32,820			2,279			30,541			—
Equity securities, AFS		973			298			521			154
Derivative assets
Credit derivatives		3			—			(18	)		21
Equity derivatives		2			—			—			2
Foreign exchange derivatives		868			—			868			—
Interest rate derivatives		(106	)		—			(70	)		(36	)
Other derivative contracts		32			—			—			32
Total derivative assets [1]		799			—			780			19
Short-term investments		8,528			541			7,987			—
Separate account assets [2]		153,727			116,717			35,763			1,247
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	275,316		$	120,269		$	145,616		$	9,431
Percentage of level to total		100	%		44	%		53	%		3	%
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable
Equity linked notes	$	(9	)	$	—		$	—		$	(9	)
Derivative liabilities
Credit derivatives		(482	)		—			(71	)		(411	)
Equity derivatives		2			—			—			2
Foreign exchange derivatives		(34	)		—			(34	)		—
Interest rate derivatives		(266	)		—			(249	)		(17	)
Total derivative liabilities [3]		(780	)		—			(354	)		(426	)
Other liabilities		(37	)		—			—			(37	)
Consumer notes [4]		(5	)		—			—			(5	)
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	(831	)	$	—		$	(354	)	$	(477	)

[1]	Includes over-the-counter derivative instruments in a net asset value position which may require the counterparty to pledge collateral to the Company. As of December 31, 2010, $968 of cash collateral liability was netted against the derivative asset value in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and is excluded from the table above. See footnote 3 below for derivative liabilities.
[2]	As of December 31, 2010, excludes approximately $6 billion of investment sales receivable that are not subject to fair value accounting.
[3]	Includes over-the-counter derivative instruments in a net negative market value position (derivative liability). In the Level 3 roll-forward table included below in this Note 4, the derivative asset and liability are referred to as “freestanding derivatives” and are presented on a net basis.
[4]	Represents embedded derivatives associated with non-funding agreement-backed consumer equity linked notes.

18

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements — Financial Instruments Excluding Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

Determination of Fair Values

The valuation methodologies used to determine the fair values of assets and liabilities under the “exit price” notion reflect market-participant objectives and are based on the application of the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes relevant observable market inputs over unobservable inputs. The Company determines the fair values of certain financial assets and financial liabilities based on quoted market prices where available and where prices represent a reasonable estimate of fair value. The Company also determines fair value based on future cash flows discounted at the appropriate current market rate. Fair values reflect adjustments for counterparty credit quality, the Company’s default spreads, liquidity and, where appropriate, risk margins on unobservable parameters. The following is a discussion of the methodologies used to determine fair values for the financial instruments listed in the above tables.

Available-for-Sale Securities, Fixed Maturities, FVO, Equity Securities, Trading, and Short-term Investments

The fair value of AFS securities, fixed maturities, FVO, equity securities, trading, and short-term investments in an active and orderly market (e.g. not distressed or forced liquidation) are determined by management after considering one of three primary sources of information: third-party pricing services, independent broker quotations or pricing matrices. Security pricing is applied using a “waterfall” approach whereby publicly available prices are first sought from third-party pricing services, the remaining unpriced securities are submitted to independent brokers for prices, or lastly, securities are priced using a pricing matrix. Based on the typical trading volumes and the lack of quoted market prices for fixed maturities, third-party pricing services will normally derive the security prices from recent reported trades for identical or similar securities making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information as outlined above. If there are no recently reported trades, the third-party pricing services and independent brokers may use matrix or model processes to develop a security price where future cash flow expectations are developed based upon collateral performance and discounted at an estimated market rate. Included in the pricing of ABS and RMBS are estimates of the rate of future prepayments of principal over the remaining life of the securities. Such estimates are derived based on the characteristics of the underlying structure and prepayment speeds previously experienced at the interest rate levels projected for the underlying collateral. Actual prepayment experience may vary from these estimates.

Prices from third-party pricing services are often unavailable for securities that are rarely traded or are traded only in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securities are priced via independent broker quotations which utilize inputs that may be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding.

A pricing matrix is used to price private placement securities for which the Company is unable to obtain a price from a third-party pricing service by discounting the expected future cash flows from the security by a developed market discount rate utilizing current credit spreads. Credit spreads are developed each month using market based data for public securities adjusted for credit spread differentials between public and private securities which are obtained from a survey of multiple private placement brokers. The appropriate credit spreads determined through this survey approach are based upon the issuer’s financial strength and term to maturity, utilizing an independent public security index and trade information and adjusting for the non-public nature of the securities.

The Company performs a monthly analysis of the prices and credit spreads received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. As a part of this analysis, the Company considers trading volume and other factors to determine whether the decline in market activity is significant when compared to normal activity in an active market, and if so, whether transactions may not be orderly considering the weight of available evidence. If the available evidence indicates that pricing is based upon transactions that are stale or not orderly, the Company places little, if any, weight on the transaction price and will estimate fair value utilizing an internal pricing model. This process involves quantitative and qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals. Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of third-party pricing services’ methodologies, review of pricing statistics and trends, back testing recent trades, and monitoring of trading volumes, new issuance activity and other market activities. In addition, the Company ensures that prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through the use of internal and external cash flow models developed based on spreads, and when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines that there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the available market data, the price received from the third party is adjusted accordingly. The Company’s internal pricing model utilizes the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows discounted at a rate of return that a market participant would require. The significant inputs to the model include, but are not limited to, current market inputs, such as credit loss assumptions, estimated prepayment speeds and market risk premiums.

19

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements — Financial Instruments Excluding Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

The Company has analyzed the third-party pricing services’ valuation methodologies and related inputs, and has also evaluated the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs. Most prices provided by third-party pricing services are classified into Level 2 because the inputs used in pricing the securities are market observable. Due to a general lack of transparency in the process that brokers use to develop prices, most valuations that are based on brokers’ prices are classified as Level 3. Some valuations may be classified as Level 2 if the price can be corroborated with observable market data.

Derivative Instruments, including embedded derivatives within investments

Derivative instruments are fair valued using pricing valuation models that utilize independent market data inputs, quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives, or independent broker quotations. Excluding embedded and reinsurance related derivatives, as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 98% and 97%, respectively, of derivatives, based upon notional values, were priced by valuation models or quoted market prices. The remaining derivatives were priced by broker quotations. The Company performs a monthly analysis on derivative valuations which includes both quantitative and qualitative analysis. Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, review of pricing statistics and trends, back testing recent trades, analyzing the impacts of changes in the market environment, and review of changes in market value for each derivative including those derivatives priced by brokers.

The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assets and liabilities. However, the derivative instrument may not be classified with the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated assets and liabilities. Therefore the realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives reported in Level 3 may not reflect the offsetting impact of the realized and unrealized gains and losses of the associated assets and liabilities.

Valuation Techniques and Inputs for Investments

Generally, the Company determines the estimated fair value of its AFS securities, fixed maturities, FVO, equity securities, trading, and short-term investments using the market approach. The income approach is used for securities priced using a pricing matrix, as well as for derivative instruments. For Level 1 investments, which are comprised of on-the-run U.S. Treasuries, exchange-traded equity securities, short-term investments, and exchange traded futures and option contracts, valuations are based on observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

For most of the Company’s debt securities, the following inputs are typically used in the Company’s pricing methods: reported trades, benchmark yields, bids and/or estimated cash flows. For securities, except U.S. Treasuries, inputs also include issuer spreads, which may consider credit default swaps. Derivative instruments are valued using mid-market inputs that are predominantly observable in the market.

A description of additional inputs used in the Company’s Level 2 and Level 3 measurements is listed below:

Level 2 The fair values of most of the Company’s Level 2 investments are determined by management after considering prices received from third party pricing services. These investments include most fixed maturities and preferred stocks, including those reported in separate account assets.

• ABS, CDOs, CMBS and RMBS — Primary inputs also include monthly payment information, collateral performance, which varies by vintage year and includes delinquency rates, collateral valuation loss severity rates, collateral refinancing assumptions, credit default swap indices and, for ABS and RMBS, estimated prepayment rates.

• Corporates — Primary inputs also include observations of credit default swap curves related to the issuer.

• Foreign government/government agencies - Primary inputs also include observations of credit default swap curves related to the issuer and political events in emerging markets.

• Municipals — Primary inputs also include Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board reported trades and material event notices, and issuer financial statements.

• Short-term investments — Primary inputs also include material event notices and new issue money market rates.

• Equity securities, trading — Consist of investments in mutual funds. Primary inputs include net asset values obtained from third party pricing services.

• Credit derivatives — Significant inputs primarily include the swap yield curve and credit curves.

• Foreign exchange derivatives — Significant inputs primarily include the swap yield curve, currency spot and forward rates, and cross currency basis curves.

• Interest rate derivatives — Significant input is primarily the swap yield curve.

20

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements — Financial Instruments Excluding Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

Level 3 Most of the Company’s securities classified as Level 3 are valued based on brokers’ prices. Certain long-dated securities are priced based on third party pricing services, including municipal securities and foreign government/government agencies, as well as bank loans and below investment grade private placement securities. Primary inputs for these long-dated securities are consistent with the typical inputs used in Level 1 and Level 2 measurements noted above, but include benchmark interest rate or credit spread assumptions that are not observable in the marketplace. Also included in Level 3 are certain derivative instruments that either have significant unobservable inputs or are valued based on broker quotations. Significant inputs for these derivative contracts primarily include the typical inputs used in the Level 1 and Level 2 measurements noted above, but also may include the following:

• Credit derivatives- Significant unobservable inputs may include credit correlation and swap yield curve and credit curve extrapolation beyond observable limits.

• Equity derivatives — Significant unobservable inputs may include equity volatility.

• Interest rate contracts — Significant unobservable inputs may include swap yield curve extrapolation beyond observable limits and interest rate volatility.

Separate Account Assets

Separate account assets are primarily invested in mutual funds but also have investments in fixed maturity and equity securities. The separate account investments are valued in the same manner, and using the same pricing sources and inputs, as the fixed maturity, equity security, and short-term investments of the Company.

21

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements — Financial Instruments Excluding Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

The tables below provide fair value roll forwards for the three months ending March 31, 2011 and 2010, for the financial instruments classified as Level 3, excluding those related to the Company’s living benefits and associated hedging programs, which are reported in Note 4a.

For the three months ended March 31, 2011

	Fixed Maturities, AFS
													Foreign								Total Fixed
													govt./govt.								Maturities,
Assets	ABS			CDOs			CMBS			Corporate			agencies			Municipal		RMBS			AFS
Fair value as of January 1, 2011	$	477		$	2,581		$	689		$	2,129		$	56		$	272	$	1,285		$	7,489
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1]		(5	)		(15	)		(2	)		(22	)		—			—		(9	)		(53	)
Included in OCI [2]		20			113			113			(8	)		—			—		41			279
Purchases		—			—			—			17			2			—		—			19
Settlements		(11	)		(35	)		(10	)		(31	)		(1	)		—		(34	)		(122	)
Sales		—			—			(122	)		(73	)		(2	)		—		(16	)		(213	)
Transfers into Level 3 [3]		49			30			73			195			11			4		—			362
Transfers out of Level 3 [3]		(84	)		—			—			(111	)		(3	)		—		(143	)		(341	)
Fair value as of March 31, 2011	$	446		$	2,674		$	741		$	2,096		$	63		$	276	$	1,124		$	7,420
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2011 [1]	$	(5	)	$	(15	)	$	(1	)	$	(17	)	$	—		$	—	$	(3	)	$	(41	)

							Freestanding Derivatives [4]
	Fixed			Equity								Interest			Other			Total Free-
	Maturities,			Securities,			Credit			Equity		Rate			Derivative			Standing			Separate
Assets	FVO			AFS			Derivatives			Derivatives		Derivatives			Contracts			Derivatives			Accounts
Fair value as of January 1, 2011	$	522		$	154		$	(390	)	$	4	$	(53	)	$	32		$	(407	)	$	1,247
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1]		58			(10	)		11			1		(3	)		(1	)		8			19
Included in OCI [2]		—			(1	)		—			—		—			—			—			—
Purchases		—			13			1			—		64			—			65			128
Settlements		(1	)		—			(4	)		—		1			—			(3	)		—
Sales		—			—			—			—		—			—			—			(147	)
Transfers into Level 3 [3]		—			—			—			—		—			—			—			8
Transfers out of Level 3 [3]		—			(76	)		—			—		—			—			—			(48	)
Fair value as of March 31, 2011	$	579		$	80		$	(382	)	$	5	$	9		$	31		$	(337	)	$	1,207
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2011 [1]	$	58		$	(10	)	$	11		$	1	$	(1	)	$	(1	)	$	10		$	(3	)

Liabilities	Equity Linked Notes			Other Liabilities			Consumer Notes
Fair value as of January 1, 2011	$	(9	)	$	(37	)	$	(5	)
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1]		(1	)		(14	)		—
Included in OCI [2]		—			—			—
Purchases		—			—			—
Issuances		—			—			—
Settlements		—			—			—
Sales		—			—			—
Transfers into Level 3 [3]		—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3 [3]		—			—			—
Fair value as of March 31, 2011	$	(10	)	$	(51	)	$	(5	)
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2011 [1]	$	(1	)	$	(14	)	$	—

22

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements — Financial Instruments Excluding Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2010

	Fixed Maturities, AFS
													Foreign									Total Fixed
													govt./ govt.									Maturities,
Assets	ABS			CDOs			CMBS			Corporate			agencies			Municipal			RMBS			AFS
Fair value as of January 1, 2010	$	580		$	2,835		$	307		$	8,027		$	93		$	262		$	1,153		$	13,257
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1]		—			(63	)		(72	)		2			—			—			(13	)		(146	)
Included in OCI [2]		28			215			86			129			2			18			89			567
Purchases, issuances, and settlements		(10	)		(19	)		(6	)		216			(6	)		46			(32	)		189
Transfers into Level 3 [3]		—			16			127			336			6			—			—			485
Transfers out of Level 3 [3]		(65	)		(235	)		—			(98	)		(36	)		(4	)		(23	)		(461	)
Fair value as of March 31, 2010	$	533		$	2,749		$	442		$	8,612		$	59		$	322		$	1,174		$	13,891
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2010 [1]	$	—		$	(63	)	$	(71	)	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(13	)	$	(147	)

				Freestanding Derivatives [4]
	Equity									Interest			Other			Total Free-
	Securities,			Credit			Equity			Rate			Derivative			Standing			Separate
Assets	AFS			Derivatives			Derivatives			Derivatives			Contracts			Derivatives			Accounts
Fair value as of January 1, 2010	$	58		$	(228	)	$	(2	)	$	5		$	36		$	(189	)	$	962
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1]		(1	)		27			1			—			(1	)		27			18
Included in OCI [2]		7			—			—			—			—			—			—
Purchases, issuances, and settlements		1			—			—			—			—			—			77
Transfers into Level 3 [3]		—			(290	)		—			—			—			(290	)		6
Transfers out of Level 3 [3]		—			—			—			(11	)		—			(11	)		(108	)
Fair value as of March 31, 2010	$	65		$	(491	)	$	(1	)	$	(6	)	$	35		$	(463	)	$	955
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2010 [1]	$	(1	)	$	27		$	1		$	—		$	(1	)	$	27		$	3

	Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable
							Total Other
	Institutional			Equity Linked			Policyholder Funds
Liabilities	Notes			Notes			and Benefits Payable			Other Liabilities			Consumer Notes
Fair value as of January 1, 2010	$	(2	)	$	(10	)	$	(12	)	$	—		$	(5	)
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1]		(5	)		1			(4	)		—			—
Included in OCI [2]		—			—			—			—			—
Purchases, issuances, and settlements		—			—			—			—			—
Transfers into Level 3 [3]		—			—			—			(22	)		—
Transfers out of Level 3 [3]		—			—			—			—			—
Fair Value as of March 31, 2010	$	(7	)	$	(9	)	$	(16	)	$	(22	)	$	(5	)
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2010 [1]	$	(5	)	$	1		$	(4	)	$	—		$	—

[1]	All amounts in these rows are reported in net realized capital gains/losses. The realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net income for separate account assets are offset by an equal amount for separate account liabilities, which results in a net zero impact on net income for the Company. All amounts are before income taxes and amortization DAC.
[2]	All amounts are before income taxes and amortization of DAC.
[3]	Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3 are primarily attributable to the availability of market observable information and the re-evaluation of the observability of pricing inputs.
[4]	Derivative instruments are reported in this table on a net basis for asset/(liability) positions and reported in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet in other investments and other liabilities.

23

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements — Financial Instruments Excluding Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

Fair Value Option

The Company elected the fair value option for its investments containing an embedded credit derivative which were not bifurcated as a result of new accounting guidance effective July 1, 2010. The underlying credit risk of these securities is primarily corporate bonds and commercial real estate. The Company elected the fair value option given the complexity of bifurcating the economic components associated with the embedded credit derivative. Additionally, the Company elected the fair value option for purchases of foreign government securities to align with the accounting for yen-based fixed annuity liabilities, which are adjusted for changes in spot rates through realized gains and losses. Similar to other fixed maturities, income earned from these securities is recorded in net investment income. Changes in the fair value of these securities are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses.

The Company previously elected the fair value option for one of its consolidated VIEs in order to apply a consistent accounting model for the VIE’s assets and liabilities. The VIE is an investment vehicle that holds high quality investments, derivative instruments that reference third-party corporate credit and issues notes to investors that reflect the credit characteristics of the high quality investments and derivative instruments. The risks and rewards associated with the assets of the VIE inure to the investors. The investors have no recourse against the Company. As a result, there has been no adjustment to the market value of the notes for the Company’s own credit risk.

The following table presents the changes in fair value of those assets and liabilities accounted for using the fair value option reported in net realized capital gains and losses in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2011
Assets
Fixed maturities, FVO
Corporate	$	12
CRE CDOs		46
Foreign government		(6	)
Other liabilities
Credit-linked notes		(14	)
Total realized capital gains	$	38

The following table presents the fair value of assets and liabilities accounted for using the fair value option included in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

	March 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Assets
Fixed maturities, FVO
ABS	$	64	$	65
CRE CDOs		316		270
Corporate		262		250
Foreign government		588		64
Total fixed maturities, FVO	$	1,230	$	649
Other liabilities
Credit-linked notes [1]	$	51	$	37

[1] As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the outstanding principal balance of the notes was $243.

24

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements — Financial Instruments Excluding Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value

The following table presents carrying amounts and fair values of The Hartford’s financial instruments not carried at fair value and not included in the above fair value discussion as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

	March 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
	Amount		Value		Amount		Value
Assets
Mortgage loans	$	4,736	$	4,725	$	4,489	$	4,524
Policy loans		2,181		2,287		2,181		2,294
Liabilities
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable [1]	$	10,941	$	10,914	$	11,155	$	11,383
Senior notes [2]		4,880		5,122		4,880		5,072
Junior subordinated debentures [2]		1,730		2,672		1,727		2,596
Consumer notes [3]		377		390		377		392

[1]	Excludes guarantees on variable annuities, group accident and health and universal life insurance contracts, including corporate owned life insurance.
[2]	Included in long-term debt in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, except for current maturities, which are included in short-term debt.
[3]	Excludes amounts carried at fair value and included in disclosures above.

As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets are carrying amounts of $232 and $233 for deposits, respectively, and $25 for Federal Home Loan Bank advances, related to Federal Trust Corporation. These carrying amounts approximate fair value.

The Company has not made any changes in its valuation methodologies for the following assets and liabilities since December 31, 2010.

• Fair values for mortgage loans were estimated using discounted cash flow calculations based on current lending rates for similar type loans. Current lending rates reflect changes in credit spreads and the remaining terms of the loans.

• Fair value for policy loans and consumer notes were estimated using discounted cash flow calculations using current interest rates.

• Fair values for other policyholder funds and benefits payable, not carried at fair value, are determined by estimating future cash flows, discounted at the current market rate.

• Fair values for senior notes and junior subordinated debentures are based primarily on market quotations from independent third-party pricing services.

25

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4a. Fair Value Measurements — Guaranteed Living Benefits

These disclosures provide information as to the extent to which the Company uses fair value to measure financial instruments related to variable annuity product guaranteed living benefits and the related variable annuity hedging program and information about the inputs used to value those financial instruments to allow users to assess the relative reliability of the measurements. The following tables present assets and (liabilities) related to the guaranteed living benefits program carried at fair value by hierarchy level.

	March 31, 2011
				Quoted Prices
				in Active		Significant			Significant
				Markets for		Observable			Unobservable
				Identical Assets		Inputs			Inputs
	Total			(Level 1)		(Level 2)			(Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Variable annuity hedging derivatives	$	120		$	—	$	(5	)	$	125
Macro hedge program		74			—		7			67
Reinsurance recoverable for U.S. GMWB		224			—		—			224
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	418		$	—	$	2		$	416
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable
U.S. guaranteed withdrawal benefits	$	(1,301	)	$	—	$	—		$	(1,301	)
International guaranteed withdrawal benefits		(23	)		—		—			(23	)
International other guaranteed living benefits		3			—		—			3
Variable annuity hedging derivatives		226			—		(137	)		363
Macro hedge program		(41	)		—		(99	)		58
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	(1,136	)	$	—	$	(236	)	$	(900	)

	December 31, 2010
				Quoted Prices
				in Active			Significant			Significant
				Markets for			Observable			Unobservable
				Identical Assets			Inputs			Inputs
	Total			(Level 1)			(Level 2)			(Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Variable annuity hedging derivatives	$	339		$	—		$	(122	)	$	461
Macro hedge program		386			2			176			208
Reinsurance recoverable for U.S. GMWB		280			—			—			280
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	1,005		$	2		$	54		$	949
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable
U.S. guaranteed withdrawal benefits	$	(1,611	)	$	—		$	—		$	(1,611	)
International guaranteed withdrawal benefits		(36	)		—			—			(36	)
International other guaranteed living benefits		3			—			—			3
Variable annuity hedging derivatives		128			—			(11	)		139
Macro hedge program		(2	)		(2	)		—			—
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	(1,518	)	$	(2	)	$	(11	)	$	(1,505	)

26

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4a. Fair Value Measurements — Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

Product Derivatives

The Company currently offers certain variable annuity products with GMWB riders in the U.S., and formerly offered such products in the U.K. and Japan. The GMWB represents an embedded derivative in the variable annuity contract. When it is determined that (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and (2) a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host for measurement purposes. The embedded derivative is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in net realized capital gains and losses. The Company’s GMWB liability is reported in other policyholder funds and benefits payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In valuing the embedded derivative, the Company attributes to the derivative a portion of the expected fees to be collected over the expected life of the contract from the contract holder equal to the present value of future GMWB claims (the “Attributed Fees”). The excess of fees collected from the contract holder in the current period over the current period’s Attributed Fees are associated with the host variable annuity contract and reported in fee income.

U.S. GMWB Reinsurance Derivative

The Company has reinsurance arrangements in place to transfer a portion of its risk of loss due to GMWB. These arrangements are recognized as derivatives and carried at fair value in reinsurance recoverables. Changes in the fair value of the reinsurance agreements are reported in net realized capital gains and losses.

The fair value of the U.S. GMWB reinsurance derivative is calculated as an aggregation of the components described in the Living Benefits Required to be Fair Valued discussion below and is modeled using significant unobservable policyholder behavior inputs, identical to those used in calculating the underlying liability, such as lapses, fund selection, resets and withdrawal utilization and risk margins.

Living Benefits Required to be Fair Valued (in Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable)

Fair values for GMWB and guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit (“GMAB”) contracts are calculated using the income approach based upon internally developed models because active, observable markets do not exist for those items. The fair value of the Company’s guaranteed benefit liabilities, classified as embedded derivatives, and the related reinsurance and customized freestanding derivatives is calculated as an aggregation of the following components: Best Estimate Claim Payments; Credit Standing Adjustment; and Margins. The resulting aggregation is reconciled or calibrated, if necessary, to market information that is, or may be, available to the Company, but may not be observable by other market participants, including reinsurance discussions and transactions. The Company believes the aggregation of these components, as necessary and as reconciled or calibrated to the market information available to the Company, results in an amount that the Company would be required to transfer or receive, for an asset, to or from market participants in an active liquid market, if one existed, for those market participants to assume the risks associated with the guaranteed minimum benefits and the related reinsurance and customized derivatives. The fair value is likely to materially diverge from the ultimate settlement of the liability as the Company believes settlement will be based on our best estimate assumptions rather than those best estimate assumptions plus risk margins. In the absence of any transfer of the guaranteed benefit liability to a third party, the release of risk margins is likely to be reflected as realized gains in future periods’ net income. Each component described below is unobservable in the marketplace and require subjectivity by the Company in determining their value.

Best Estimate

Claim Payments

The Best Estimate Claim Payments is calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to projected cash flows, including the present value of benefits and related contract charges, over the lives of the contracts, incorporating expectations concerning policyholder behavior such as lapses, fund selection, resets and withdrawal utilization. For the customized derivatives, policyholder behavior is prescribed in the derivative contract. Because of the dynamic and complex nature of these cash flows, best estimate assumptions and a Monte Carlo stochastic process is used in valuation. The Monte Carlo stochastic process involves the generation of thousands of scenarios that assume risk neutral returns consistent with swap rates and a blend of observable implied index volatility levels. Estimating these cash flows involves numerous estimates and subjective judgments regarding a number of variables — including expected market rates of return, market volatility, correlations of market index returns to funds, fund performance, discount rates and assumptions about policyholder behavior which emerge over time.

At each valuation date, the Company assumes expected returns based on:

• risk-free rates as represented by the Eurodollar futures, LIBOR deposits and swap rates to derive forward curve rates;

• market implied volatility assumptions for each underlying index based primarily on a blend of observed market “implied volatility” data;

• correlations of historical returns across underlying well known market indices based on actual observed returns over the ten years preceding the valuation date; and

• three years of history for fund indexes compared to separate account fund regression.

27

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4a. Fair Value Measurements — Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

As many guaranteed benefit obligations are relatively new in the marketplace, actual policyholder behavior experience is limited. As a result, estimates of future policyholder behavior are subjective and based on analogous internal and external data. As markets change, mature and evolve and actual policyholder behavior emerges, management continually evaluates the appropriateness of its assumptions for this component of the fair value model.

On a daily basis, the Company updates capital market assumptions used in the GMWB liability model such as interest rates and equity indices. On a weekly basis, the blend of implied equity index volatilities is updated. The Company continually monitors various aspects of policyholder behavior and may modify certain of its assumptions, including living benefit lapses and withdrawal rates, if credible emerging data indicates that changes are warranted. At a minimum, all policyholder behavior assumptions are reviewed and updated, as appropriate, in conjunction with the completion of the Company’s comprehensive study to refine its estimate of future gross profits during the third quarter of each year.

Credit Standing Adjustment

This assumption makes an adjustment that market participants would make, in determining fair value, to reflect the risk that guaranteed benefit obligations or the GMWB reinsurance recoverables will not be fulfilled (“nonperformance risk”). As a result of sustained volatility in the Company’s credit default spreads, during 2009 the Company changed its estimate of the Credit Standing Adjustment to incorporate a blend of observable Company and reinsurer credit default spreads from capital markets, adjusted for market recoverability. The credit standing adjustment assumption, net of reinsurance, and exclusive of the impact of the credit standing adjustment on other market inputs, resulted in pre-tax realized gains/(losses) of $(1) and $1 for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 the credit standing adjustment was $25 and $26, respectively.

Margins

The behavior risk margin adds a margin that market participants would require, in determining fair value, for the risk that the Company’s assumptions about policyholder behavior could differ from actual experience. The behavior risk margin is calculated by taking the difference between adverse policyholder behavior assumptions and best estimate assumptions.

Assumption updates, including policyholder behavior assumptions, affected best estimates and margins for a total pre-tax realized gain (loss) of $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 the behavior risk margin was $542 and $565, respectively.

In addition to the non-market-based updates described above, the Company recognized non-market-based updates driven by the relative outperformance of the underlying actively managed funds as compared to their respective indices resulting in pre-tax realized gains of approximately $25 and $27, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

28

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4a. Fair Value Measurements — Guaranteed Living Benefits (continued)

The tables below provide fair value roll forwards for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, for the financial instruments related to the Guaranteed Living Benefits Program classified as Levels 1, 2 and 3.

For the three months ended March 31, 2011

	Variable Annuity Hedging Derivatives [5]
							Total Variable Annuity
Asset/(liability)	Levels 1 and 2			Level 3			Hedging Derivatives
Fair value as of January 1, 2011	$	(133	)	$	600		$	467
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1],[2],[6]		(108	)		(119	)		(227	)
Included in OCI [2]		—			—			—
Purchases [3]		—			23			23
Issuances [3]		—			—			—
Settlements[3]		99			(16	)		83
Sales [3]		—			—			—
Transfers into Level 3		—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3		—			—			—
Fair value as of March 31, 2011	$	(142	)	$	488		$	346
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2011 [1], [2], [4]				$	(113	)

										Total Guaranteed
							International			Withdrawal Benefits
	Reinsurance			U.S. Guaranteed			Guaranteed			Net of Reinsurance
	Recoverable			Withdrawal			Withdrawal			and Hedging
Asset/(liability)	for GMWB			Benefits–Level 3			Benefits–Level 3			Derivatives
Fair value as of January 1, 2011	$	280		$	(1,611	)	$	(36	)	$	(900	)
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1],[2],[6]		(65	)		348			15			71
Included in OCI [2]		—			—			—			—
Purchases [3]		—			—			—			23
Issuances [3]		—			—			—			—
Settlements[3]		9			(38	)		(2	)		52
Sales [3]		—			—			—			—
Transfers into Level 3		—			—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3		—			—			—			—
Fair value as of March 31, 2011	$	224		$	(1,301	)	$	(23	)	$	(754	)
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2011 [1], [2], [4]	$	(65	)	$	348		$	15

	Macro Hedge Program [5]									International Other
							Total Macro			Guaranteed Living
Asset/(liability)	Levels 1 and 2			Level 3			Hedge Program			Benefits–Level 3
Fair value as of January 1, 2011	$	176		$	208		$	384		$	3
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1],[2],[6]		(274	)		(83	)		(357	)		1
Included in OCI [2]		—			—			—			—
Purchases [3]		—			—			—			—
Issuances [3]		—			—			—			—
Settlements[3]		6			—			6			(1	)
Sales [3]		—			—			—			—
Transfers into Level 3		—			—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3		—			—			—			—
Fair value as of March 31, 2011	$	(92	)	$	125		$	33		$	3
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2011 [1], [2], [4]				$	(82	)				$	1

29

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4a. Fair Value Measurements — Guaranteed Living Benefits Program (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2010

	Variable Annuity Hedging Derivatives [5]
							Total Variable Annuity
Asset/(liability)	Levels 1 and 2			Level 3			Hedging Derivatives
Fair value as of January 1, 2010	$	(184	)	$	236		$	52
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1],[2],[6]		(744	)		581			(163	)
Included in OCI [2]		—			—			—
Purchases, issuances, and settlements [3]		762			(506	)		256
Transfers into Level 3		—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3		—			—			—
Fair value as of March 31, 2010	$	(166	)	$	311		$	145
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2010 [1], [2],[4]				$	(115	)

										Total Guaranteed
							International			Withdrawal Benefits
	Reinsurance			U.S. Guaranteed			Guaranteed			Net of Reinsurance
	Recoverable			Withdrawal			Withdrawal			and Hedging
Asset/(liability)	for GMWB			Benefits–Level 3			Benefits–Level 3			Derivatives
Fair value as of January 1, 2010	$	347		$	(1,957	)	$	(45	)	$	(1,603	)
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1],[2],[6]		(61	)		338			15			129
Included in OCI [2]		—			—			1			1
Purchases, issuances, and settlements [3]		9			(36	)		(2	)		227
Transfers into Level 3		—			—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3		—			—			—			—
Fair value as of March 31, 2010	$	295		$	(1,655	)	$	(31	)	$	(1,246	)
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2010 [1], [2], [4]	$	(61	)	$	338		$	15

	Macro Hedge Program [5]									International Other
							Total Macro			Guaranteed Living
Asset/(liability)	Levels 1 and 2			Level 3			Hedge Program			Benefits–Level 3
Fair Value as of January 1, 2010	$	28		$	290		$	318		$	2
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1],[2],[6]		(25	)		(139	)		(164	)		3
Included in OCI [2]		—			—			—			—
Purchases, issuances, and settlements [3]		51			—			51			(1	)
Transfers into Level 3		—			—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3		—			—			—			—
Fair value as of March 31, 2010	$	54		$	151		$	205		$	4
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2010 [1], [2],[4]				$	(139	)				$	3

[1]	The Company classifies gains and losses on GMWB reinsurance derivatives and Guaranteed Living Benefit embedded derivatives as unrealized gains (losses) for purposes of disclosure in this table because it is impracticable to track on a contract-by-contract basis the realized gains (losses) for these derivatives and embedded derivatives.
[2]	All amounts are before income taxes and amortization of DAC.
[3]	The ‘Purchases, issuances, and settlements’ primarily relates to the receipt of cash on futures and option contracts classified as Level 1 and interest rate, currency and credit default swaps classified as Level 2. As of January 1, 2011, for GMWB reinsurance and guaranteed withdrawal benefits, purchases, issuances and settlements represent the reinsurance premium paid and the attributed fees collected, respectively.
[4]	Disclosure of changes in unrealized gains (losses) is not required for Levels 1 and 2. Information presented is for Level 3 only.
[5]	The variable annuity hedging derivatives and the macro hedge program derivatives are reported in this table on a net basis for asset/(liability) positions and reported in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet in other investments and other liabilities.
[6]	Includes both market and non-market impacts in deriving realized and unrealized gains (losses).

30

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments

Significant Investment Accounting Policies

Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

The Company deems debt securities and certain equity securities with debt-like characteristics (collectively “debt securities”) to be other-than-temporarily impaired (“impaired”) if a security meets the following conditions: a) the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the security before a recovery in value, or b) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the security before a recovery in value, a charge is recorded in net realized capital losses equal to the difference between the fair value and amortized cost basis of the security. For those impaired debt securities which do not meet the first condition and for which the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis, the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the fair value is separated into the portion representing a credit other-than-temporary impairment (“impairment”), which is recorded in net realized capital losses, and the remaining impairment, which is recorded in OCI. Generally, the Company determines a security’s credit impairment as the difference between its amortized cost basis and its best estimate of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield prior to impairment. The remaining non-credit impairment, which is recorded in OCI, is the difference between the security’s fair value and the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield prior to the impairment, which typically represents current market liquidity and risk premiums. The previous amortized cost basis less the impairment recognized in net realized capital losses becomes the security’s new cost basis. The Company accretes the new cost basis to the estimated future cash flows over the expected remaining life of the security by prospectively adjusting the security’s yield, if necessary. The following table presents the change in non-credit impairments recognized in OCI as disclosed in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011			2010
OTTI losses recognized in OCI	$	(64	)	$	(188	)
Changes in fair value and/or sales		64			254
Tax and deferred acquisition costs		5			(34	)
Change in non-credit impairments recognized in OCI	$	5		$	32

The Company’s evaluation of whether a credit impairment exists for debt securities includes but is not limited to, the following factors: (a) changes in the financial condition of the security’s underlying collateral, (b) whether the issuer is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments, (c) changes in the financial condition, credit rating and near-term prospects of the issuer, (d) the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost of the security and (e) the payment structure of the security. The Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows used to determine the credit loss amount is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third-party sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the security. The Company’s best estimate of future cash flows involves assumptions including, but not limited to, various performance indicators, such as historical and projected default and recovery rates, credit ratings, current and projected delinquency rates, and loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios. In addition, for structured securities, the Company considers factors including, but not limited to, average cumulative collateral loss rates that vary by vintage year, commercial and residential property value declines that vary by property type and location and commercial real estate delinquency levels. These assumptions require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability of issuer default and estimates regarding timing and amount of expected recoveries which may include estimating the underlying collateral value. In addition, projections of expected future debt security cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the issuer and/or underlying collateral such as changes in the projections of the underlying property value estimates.

For equity securities where the decline in the fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, a charge is recorded in net realized capital losses equal to the difference between the fair value and cost basis of the security. The previous cost basis less the impairment becomes the security’s new cost basis. The Company asserts its intent and ability to retain those equity securities deemed to be temporarily impaired until the price recovers. Once identified, these securities are systematically restricted from trading unless approved by a committee of investment and accounting professionals (“Committee”). The Committee will only authorize the sale of these securities based on predefined criteria that relate to events that could not have been reasonably foreseen. Examples of the criteria include, but are not limited to, the deterioration in the issuer’s financial condition, security price declines, a change in regulatory requirements or a major business combination or major disposition.

The primary factors considered in evaluating whether an impairment exists for an equity security include, but are not limited to: (a) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the cost of the security, (b) changes in the financial condition, credit rating and near-term prospects of the issuer, (c) whether the issuer is current on contractually obligated payments and (d) the intent and ability of the Company to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery.

31

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Mortgage Loan Valuation Allowances

The Company’s security monitoring process reviews mortgage loans on a quarterly basis to identify potential credit losses. Commercial mortgage loans are considered to be impaired when management estimates that, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Criteria used to determine if an impairment exists include, but are not limited to: current and projected macroeconomic factors, such as unemployment rates, and property-specific factors such as rental rates, occupancy levels, LTV ratios and debt service coverage ratios (“DSCR”). In addition, the Company considers historic, current and projected delinquency rates and property values. For residential mortgage loans, impairments are evaluated based on pools of loans with similar characteristics including, but not limited to, similar property types and loan performance status. These assumptions require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability and timing of borrower default and loss severity estimates. In addition, projections of expected future cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the borrower and/or underlying collateral such as changes in the projections of the underlying property value estimates.

For mortgage loans that are deemed impaired, a valuation allowance is established for the difference between the carrying amount and the Company’s share of either (a) the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, (b) the loan’s observable market price or, most frequently, (c) the fair value of the collateral. Additionally, a loss contingency valuation allowance is established for estimated probable credit losses on certain homogenous groups of residential loans. For commercial loans, a valuation allowance has been established for either individual loans or as a projected loss contingency for loans with an LTV ratio of 90% or greater and consideration of other credit quality factors, including DSCR. Changes in valuation allowances are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses. Interest income on impaired loans is accrued to the extent it is deemed collectable and the loans continue to perform under the original or restructured terms. Interest income ceases to accrue for loans when it is probable that the Company will not receive interest and principal payments according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, or if a loan is more than 60 days past due. Loans may resume accrual status when it is determined that sufficient collateral exists to satisfy the full amount of the loan and interest payments, as well as when it is probable cash will be received in the foreseeable future. Interest income on defaulted loans is recognized when received.

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Before-tax)	2011			2010
Gross gains on sales	$	61		$	132
Gross losses on sales		(133	)		(111	)
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings		(55	)		(152	)
Valuation allowances on mortgage loans		(3	)		(112	)
Japanese fixed annuity contract hedges, net [1]		(17	)		(16	)
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives/Japan		(7	)		(7	)
Results of variable annuity hedge program
GMWB derivatives, net		71			129
Macro hedge program		(357	)		(164	)
Total results of variable annuity hedge program		(286	)		(35	)
Other, net		37			27
Net realized capital losses, before-tax	$	(403	)	$	(274	)

[1] Relates to derivative hedging instruments, excluding periodic net coupon settlements, and is net of the Japanese fixed annuity product liability adjustment for changes in the dollar/yen exchange spot rate, as well as Japan FVO securities.

Net realized capital gains and losses from investment sales, after deducting the life and pension policyholders’ share for certain products, are reported as a component of revenues and are determined on a specific identification basis. Gross gains and losses on sales and impairments previously reported as unrealized losses in AOCI were $(127) and $(131), respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010. Proceeds from sales of AFS securities totaled $7.5 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010.

32

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses

The following table presents a roll-forward of the Company’s cumulative credit impairments on debt securities held.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Before-tax)	2011			2010
Balance as of beginning of period	$	(2,072	)	$	(2,200	)
Additions for credit impairments recognized on [1]:
Securities not previously impaired		(28	)		(112	)
Securities previously impaired		(17	)		(39	)
Reductions for credit impairments previously recognized on:
Securities that matured or were sold during the period		109			3
Securities due to an increase in expected cash flows		5			7
Balance as of end of period	$	(2,003	)	$	(2,341	)

[1] These additions are included in the net OTTI losses recognized in earnings in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Available-for-Sale Securities

The following table presents the Company’s AFS securities by type.

	March 31, 2011												December 31, 2010
	Cost or		Gross		Gross					Non-			Cost or		Gross		Gross					Non-
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair		Credit			Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair		Credit
	Cost		Gains		Losses			Value		OTTI [1]			Cost		Gains		Losses			Value		OTTI [1]
ABS	$	3,450	$	46	$	(346	)	$	3,150	$	(6	)	$	3,247	$	38	$	(396	)	$	2,889	$	(2	)
CDOs		3,037		1		(364	)		2,674		(65	)		3,088		1		(478	)		2,611		(82	)
CMBS		7,831		234		(356	)		7,709		(32	)		8,297		235		(615	)		7,917		(9	)
Corporate [2]		39,628		2,023		(697	)		40,913		(4	)		38,496		2,174		(747	)		39,884		7
Foreign govt./govt. agencies		1,736		76		(10	)		1,802		—			1,627		73		(17	)		1,683		—
Municipal		12,687		146		(506	)		12,327		—			12,469		150		(495	)		12,124		—
RMBS		5,328		99		(413	)		5,014		(103	)		6,036		109		(462	)		5,683		(124	)
U.S. Treasuries		4,815		14		(150	)		4,679		—			5,159		24		(154	)		5,029		—
Total fixed maturities, AFS		78,512		2,639		(2,842	)		78,268		(210	)		78,419		2,804		(3,364	)		77,820		(210	)
Equity securities, AFS		951		150		(108	)		993		—			1,013		92		(132	)		973		—
Total AFS securities	$	79,463	$	2,789	$	(2,950	)	$	79,261	$	(210	)	$	79,432	$	2,896	$	(3,496	)	$	78,793	$	(210	)

[1]	Represents the amount of cumulative non-credit OTTI losses recognized in OCI on securities that also had credit impairments. These losses are included in gross unrealized losses as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.
[2]	Gross unrealized gains (losses) exclude the change in fair value of bifurcated embedded derivative features of certain securities. Subsequent changes in fair value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).

The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturities, AFS, by contractual maturity year.

	March 31, 2011
Contractual Maturity	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
One year or less	$	2,042	$	2,072
Over one year through five years		17,557		18,213
Over five years through ten years		14,738		15,289
Over ten years		24,529		24,147
Subtotal		58,866		59,721
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities		19,646		18,547
Total fixed maturities, AFS	$	78,512	$	78,268

Estimated maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to security call or prepayment provisions. Due to the potential for variability in payment speeds (i.e. prepayments or extensions), mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are not categorized by contractual maturity.

33

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Securities Unrealized Loss Aging

The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities by type and length of time the security was in a continuous unrealized loss position.

	March 31, 2011
	Less Than 12 Months							12 Months or More							Total
	Amortized		Fair		Unrealized			Amortized		Fair		Unrealized			Amortized		Fair		Unrealized
	Cost		Value		Losses			Cost		Value		Losses			Cost		Value		Losses
ABS	$	272	$	262	$	(10	)	$	1,392	$	1,056	$	(336	)	$	1,664	$	1,318	$	(346	)
CDOs		319		295		(24	)		2,651		2,311		(340	)		2,970		2,606		(364	)
CMBS		1,029		994		(35	)		2,965		2,644		(321	)		3,994		3,638		(356	)
Corporate [1]		7,207		6,938		(264	)		3,810		3,341		(433	)		11,017		10,279		(697	)
Foreign govt./govt. agencies		351		347		(4	)		61		55		(6	)		412		402		(10	)
Municipal		7,418		7,096		(322	)		1,028		844		(184	)		8,446		7,940		(506	)
RMBS		1,264		1,229		(35	)		1,474		1,096		(378	)		2,738		2,325		(413	)
U.S. Treasuries		2,544		2,437		(107	)		159		116		(43	)		2,703		2,553		(150	)
Total fixed maturities		20,404		19,598		(801	)		13,540		11,463		(2,041	)		33,944		31,061		(2,842	)
Equity securities		65		55		(10	)		593		495		(98	)		658		550		(108	)
Total securities in an unrealized loss	$	20,469	$	19,653	$	(811	)	$	14,133	$	11,958	$	(2,139	)	$	34,602	$	31,611	$	(2,950	)

	December 31, 2010
	Less Than 12 Months							12 Months or More							Total
	Amortized		Fair		Unrealized			Amortized		Fair		Unrealized			Amortized		Fair		Unrealized
	Cost		Value		Losses			Cost		Value		Losses			Cost		Value		Losses
ABS	$	302	$	290	$	(12	)	$	1,410	$	1,026	$	(384	)	$	1,712	$	1,316	$	(396	)
CDOs		321		293		(28	)		2,724		2,274		(450	)		3,045		2,567		(478	)
CMBS		556		530		(26	)		3,962		3,373		(589	)		4,518		3,903		(615	)
Corporate [1]		5,533		5,329		(199	)		4,017		3,435		(548	)		9,550		8,764		(747	)
Foreign govt./govt. agencies		356		349		(7	)		78		68		(10	)		434		417		(17	)
Municipal		7,485		7,173		(312	)		1,046		863		(183	)		8,531		8,036		(495	)
RMBS		1,744		1,702		(42	)		1,567		1,147		(420	)		3,311		2,849		(462	)
U.S. Treasuries		2,436		2,321		(115	)		158		119		(39	)		2,594		2,440		(154	)
Total fixed maturities		18,733		17,987		(741	)		14,962		12,305		(2,623	)		33,695		30,292		(3,364	)
Equity securities		53		52		(1	)		637		506		(131	)		690		558		(132	)
Total securities in an unrealized loss	$	18,786	$	18,039	$	(742	)	$	15,599	$	12,811	$	(2,754	)	$	34,385	$	30,850	$	(3,496	)

[1] Unrealized losses exclude the change in fair value of bifurcated embedded derivative features of certain securities. Subsequent changes in fair value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).

As of March 31, 2011, AFS securities in an unrealized loss position, comprised of 3,052 securities, largely related to corporate securities primarily within the financial services sector, municipal securities and RMBS which have experienced price deterioration. As of March 31, 2011, 59% of gross unrealized losses were depressed less than 20% of cost or amortized cost. The improvement in unrealized losses during 2011 was primarily attributable to credit spread tightening, partially offset by rising interest rates.

Most of the securities depressed for twelve months or more relate to structured securities primarily within commercial and residential real estate, including structured securities that have a floating-rate coupon referenced to a market index such as LIBOR. Also included are financial services securities that have a floating-rate coupon or long-dated maturities. Current market spreads continue to be significantly wider for these securities as compared to spreads at the security’s respective purchase date, largely due to the economic and market uncertainties regarding future performance of commercial and residential real estate. Deteriorations in valuation are also the result of substantial declines in certain market indexes. The Company reviewed these securities as part of its impairment analysis and where a credit impairment has not been recorded, the Company’s best estimate is that expected future cash flows are sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. Furthermore, the Company neither has an intention to sell nor does it expect to be required to sell these securities.

34

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Mortgage Loans

	March 31, 2011							December 31, 2010
	Amortized		Valuation			Carrying		Amortized		Valuation			Carrying
	Cost [1]		Allowance			Value		Cost [1]		Allowance			Value
Commercial	$	4,734	$	(150	)	$	4,584	$	4,492	$	(152	)	$	4,340
Residential		155		(3	)		152		152		(3	)		149
Total mortgage loans	$	4,889	$	(153	)	$	4,736	$	4,644	$	(155	)	$	4,489

[1] Amortized cost represents carrying value prior to valuation allowances, if any.

As of March 31, 2011, the carrying value of mortgage loans associated with the valuation allowance was $975. Included in the table above, are mortgage loans held-for-sale with a carrying value and valuation allowance of $144 and $8, respectively, as of March 31, 2011, and $87 and $7, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. The carrying value of these loans is included in mortgage loans in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table presents the activity within the Company’s valuation allowance for mortgage loans. These loans have been evaluated both individually and collectively for impairment. Loans evaluated collectively for impairment are immaterial.

	2011			2010
Balance as of January 1	$	(155	)	$	(366	)
Additions		(3	)		(112	)
Deductions		5			93
Balance as of March 31	$	(153	)	$	(385	)

The current weighted-average LTV ratio of the Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio was 76% as of March 31, 2011, while the weighted-average LTV ratio at origination of these loans was 65%. LTV ratios compare the loan amount to the value of the underlying property collateralizing the loan. The loan values are updated no less than annually through property level reviews of the portfolio. Factors considered in the property valuation include, but are not limited to, actual and expected property cash flows, geographic market data and capitalization rates. DSCRs compare a property’s net operating income to the borrower’s principal and interest payments. The current weighted average DSCR of the Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio was 1.81x as of March 31, 2011. The Company held only five delinquent commercial mortgage loans past due by 90 days or more. The total carrying value and valuation allowance of these loans totaled $37 and $64, respectively, as of March 31, 2011, and are not accruing income.

The following table presents the carrying value of the Company’s commercial mortgage loans by LTV and DSCR.

Commercial Mortgage Loans Credit Quality

	March 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Carrying		Avg. Debt-Service		Carrying		Avg. Debt-Service
Loan-to-value	Value		Coverage Ratio		Value		Coverage Ratio
Greater than 80%	$	1,351		1.50x	$	1,358		1.49x
65% - 80%		1,957		1.66x		1,829		1.93x
Less than 65%		1,276		2.31x		1,153		2.26x
Total commercial mortgage loans	$	4,584		1.81x	$	4,340		1.87x

The following tables present the carrying value of the Company’s mortgage loans by region and property type.

Mortgage Loans by Region

	March 31, 2011					December 31, 2010
	Carrying		Percent of			Carrying		Percent of
	Value		Total			Value		Total
East North Central	$	76		1.6	%	$	77		1.7	%
Middle Atlantic		473		10.0	%		428		9.5	%
Mountain		104		2.2	%		109		2.4	%
New England		296		6.2	%		259		5.8	%
Pacific		1,226		25.9	%		1,147		25.6	%
South Atlantic		1,163		24.6	%		1,177		26.3	%
West North Central		35		0.7	%		36		0.8	%
West South Central		230		4.9	%		231		5.1	%
Other [1]		1,133		23.9	%		1,025		22.8	%
Total mortgage loans	$	4,736		100.0	%	$	4,489		100.0	%

[1] Primarily represents loans collateralized by multiple properties in various regions.

35

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Mortgage Loans by Property Type

	March 31, 2011					December 31, 2010
	Carrying		Percent of			Carrying		Percent of
	Value		Total			Value		Total
Commercial
Agricultural	$	304		6.4	%	$	315		7.0	%
Industrial		1,377		29.1	%		1,141		25.4	%
Lodging		97		2.0	%		132		2.9	%
Multifamily		757		16.0	%		713		15.9	%
Office		1,013		21.4	%		986		22.1	%
Retail		667		14.1	%		669		14.9	%
Other		369		7.8	%		384		8.5	%
Residential		152		3.2	%		149		3.3	%
Total mortgage loans	$	4,736		100.0	%	$	4,489		100.0	%

Variable Interest Entities

The Company is involved with various special purpose entities and other entities that are deemed to be VIEs primarily as a collateral manager and as an investor through normal investment activities, as well as a means of accessing capital. A VIE is an entity that either has investors that lack certain essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest or lacks sufficient funds to finance its own activities without financial support provided by other entities.

The Company performs ongoing qualitative assessments of its VIEs to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the VIE and therefore is the primary beneficiary. The Company is deemed to have a controlling financial interest when it has both the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Based on the Company’s assessment, if it determines it is the primary beneficiary, the Company consolidates the VIE in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consolidated VIEs

The following table presents the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and the maximum exposure to loss relating to the VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Creditors have no recourse against the Company in the event of default by these VIEs nor does the Company have any implied or unfunded commitments to these VIEs. The Company’s financial or other support provided to these VIEs is limited to its investment management services and original investment.

	March 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
					Maximum						Maximum
	Total		Total		Exposure		Total		Total		Exposure
	Assets		Liabilities [1]		to Loss [2]		Assets		Liabilities [1]		to Loss [2]
CDOs [3]	$	663	$	429	$	196	$	729	$	393	$	289
Limited partnerships		9		—		9		14		1		13
Total	$	672	$	429	$	205	$	743	$	394	$	302

[1]	Included in other liabilities in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
[2]	The maximum exposure to loss represents the maximum loss amount that the Company could recognize as a reduction in net investment income or as a realized capital loss and is the cost basis of the Company’s investment.
[3]	Total assets included in fixed maturities, AFS, and fixed maturities, FVO, in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

CDOs represent structured investment vehicles for which the Company has a controlling financial interest as it provides collateral management services, earns a fee for those services and also holds investments in the securities issued by these vehicles. Limited partnerships represent a hedge fund for which the Company holds a majority interest in the fund as an investment.

36

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Non-Consolidated VIEs

The Company holds a significant variable interest for one VIE for which it is not the primary beneficiary and, therefore, was not consolidated on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. This VIE represents a contingent capital facility (“facility”) that has been held by the Company for five years for which the Company has no implied or unfunded commitments. Assets and liabilities recorded for the facility were $31 and $29, respectively as of March 31, 2011 and $32 and $32, respectively as of December 31, 2010. Additionally, the Company has a maximum exposure to loss of $4 as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, which represents the issuance costs that were incurred to establish the facility. The Company does not have a controlling financial interest as it does not manage the assets of the facility nor does it have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the facility, as the asset manager has significant variable interest in the vehicle. The Company’s financial or other support provided to the facility is limited to providing ongoing support to cover the facility’s operating expenses. For further information on the facility, see Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

In addition, the Company, through normal investment activities, makes passive investments in structured securities issued by VIEs for which the Company is not the manager which are included in ABS, CDOs, CMBS and RMBS in the Available-for-Sale Securities table and fixed maturities, FVO, in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has not provided financial or other support with respect to these investments other than its original investment. For these investments, the Company determined it is not the primary beneficiary due to the relative size of the Company’s investment in comparison to the principal amount of the structured securities issued by the VIEs, the level of credit subordination which reduces the Company’s obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits and the Company’s inability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these investments is limited to the amount of the Company’s investment.

37

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Derivative Instruments

The Company utilizes a variety of over-the-counter and exchange traded derivative instruments as a part of its overall risk management strategy, as well as to enter into replication transactions. Derivative instruments are used to manage risk associated with interest rate, equity market, credit spread, issuer default, price, and currency exchange rate risk or volatility. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that would otherwise be permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. The Company also purchases and issues financial instruments and products that either are accounted for as free-standing derivatives, such as certain reinsurance contracts, or may contain features that are deemed to be embedded derivative instruments, such as the GMWB rider included with certain variable annuity products.

Cash flow hedges

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate swaps are primarily used to convert interest receipts on floating-rate fixed maturity securities or interest payments on floating-rate guaranteed investment contracts to fixed rates. These derivatives are predominantly used to better match cash receipts from assets with cash disbursements required to fund liabilities.

The Company also enters into forward starting swap agreements to hedge the interest rate exposure related to the purchase of fixed-rate securities. These derivatives are primarily structured to hedge interest rate risk inherent in the assumptions used to price certain liabilities.

Foreign currency swaps

Foreign currency swaps are used to convert foreign currency-denominated cash flows related to certain investment receipts and liability payments to U.S. dollars in order to minimize cash flow fluctuations due to changes in currency rates.

Fair value hedges

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate swaps are used to hedge the changes in fair value of certain fixed rate liabilities and fixed maturity securities due to fluctuations in interest rates.

Foreign currency swaps

Foreign currency swaps are used to hedge the changes in fair value of certain foreign currency-denominated fixed rate liabilities due to changes in foreign currency rates by swapping the fixed foreign payments to floating rate U.S. dollar denominated payments.

Non-qualifying strategies

Interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, and futures

The Company uses interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, and futures to manage duration between assets and liabilities in certain investment portfolios. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate swaps to terminate existing swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the notional amount of interest rate swaps in offsetting relationships was $7.1 billion.

Foreign currency swaps and forwards

The Company enters into foreign currency swaps and forwards to convert the foreign currency exposures of certain foreign currency-denominated fixed maturity investments to U.S. dollars.

38

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps

Prior to the second quarter of 2009, The Company offered certain variable annuity products with a GMIB rider through a wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary. The GMIB rider is reinsured to a wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary, which invests in U.S. dollar denominated assets to support the liability. The U.S. subsidiary entered into pay U.S. dollar, receive yen forward contracts to hedge the currency and interest rate exposure between the U.S. dollar denominated assets and the yen denominated fixed liability reinsurance payments.

Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments

Prior to the second quarter of 2009, The Company offered a yen denominated fixed annuity product through a wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary and reinsured to a wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary. The U.S. subsidiary invests in U.S. dollar denominated securities to support the yen denominated fixed liability payments and entered into currency rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency exchange rate and yen interest rate exposures that exist as a result of U.S. dollar assets backing the yen denominated liability.

Japanese variable annuity hedging instruments

The Company enters into foreign currency forward and option contracts to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain Japanese variable annuity liabilities reinsured from a wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary. Foreign currency risk may arise for some segments of the business where assets backing the liabilities are denominated in U.S. dollars while the liabilities are denominated in yen. Foreign currency risk may also arise when certain variable annuity policyholder accounts are invested in various currencies while the related guaranteed minimum death benefit (“GMDB”) and GMIB guarantees are effectively yen-denominated.

The following table represents notional and fair value for Japanese variable annuity hedging instruments.

	Notional Amount				Fair Value
	March 31,		December 31,		March 31,		December 31,
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Long foreign currency forwards	$	2,116	$	1,720	$	3	$	73
Short foreign currency forwards		597		—		—		—
Total	$	2,713	$	1,720	$	3	$	73

The Company’s net notional amount as of March 31, 2011 is $1.5 billion, which consists of $2.1 billion notional of long positions offset by $597 notional of short positions.

Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection

Credit default swaps are used to purchase credit protection on an individual entity or referenced index to economically hedge against default risk and credit-related changes in value on fixed maturity securities. These contracts require the Company to pay a periodic fee in exchange for compensation from the counterparty should the referenced security issuers experience a credit event, as defined in the contract.

Credit derivatives that assume credit risk

Credit default swaps are used to assume credit risk related to an individual entity, referenced index, or asset pool, as a part of replication transactions. These contracts entitle the Company to receive a periodic fee in exchange for an obligation to compensate the derivative counterparty should the referenced security issuers experience a credit event, as defined in the contract. The Company is also exposed to credit risk due to credit derivatives embedded within certain fixed maturity securities. These securities are primarily comprised of structured securities that contain credit derivatives that reference a standard index of corporate securities.

Credit derivatives in offsetting positions

The Company enters into credit default swaps to terminate existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap going forward.

Equity index swaps and options

The Company offers certain equity indexed products, which may contain an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation. The Company enters into S&P index swaps and options to economically hedge the equity volatility risk associated with these embedded derivatives.

GMWB product derivatives

The Company offers certain variable annuity products with a GMWB rider in the U.S. and formerly in the U.K. and Japan. The GMWB is a bifurcated embedded derivative that provides the policyholder with a guaranteed remaining balance (“GRB”) if the account value is reduced to zero through a combination of market declines and withdrawals. The GRB is generally equal to premiums less withdrawals. Certain contract provisions can increase the GRB at contractholder election or after the passage of time. The notional value of the embedded derivative is the GRB.

39

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

GMWB reinsurance contracts

The Company has entered into reinsurance arrangements to offset a portion of its risk exposure to the GMWB for the remaining lives of covered variable annuity contracts. Reinsurance contracts covering GMWB are accounted for as free-standing derivatives. The notional amount of the reinsurance contracts is the GRB amount.

GMWB hedging instruments

The Company enters into derivative contracts to partially hedge exposure associated with a portion of the GMWB liabilities that are not reinsured. These derivative contracts include customized swaps, interest rate swaps and futures, and equity swaps, options, and futures, on certain indices including the S&P 500 index, EAFE index, and NASDAQ index.

The following table represents notional and fair value for GMWB hedging instruments.

	Notional Amount				Fair Value
	March 31,		December 31,		March 31,			December 31,
	2011		2010		2011			2010
Customized swaps	$	10,058	$	10,113	$	144		$	209
Equity swaps, options, and futures		5,210		4,943		344			391
Interest rate swaps and futures		3,058		2,800		(142	)		(133	)
Total	$	18,326	$	17,856	$	346		$	467

Macro hedge program

The Company utilizes equity options, swaps, equity futures contracts, currency forwards, and currency options to partially hedge against a decline in the equity markets or changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the resulting statutory surplus and capital impact primarily arising from GMDB, GMIB and GMWB obligations. The Company also enters into foreign currency denominated interest rate swaps to hedge the interest rate exposure related to the potential annuitization of certain benefit obligations issued in Japan.

The following table represents notional and fair value for the macro hedge program.

	Notional Amount				Fair Value
	March 31,		December 31,		March 31,			December 31,
	2011		2010		2011			2010
Equity options, swaps and futures	$	10,153	$	14,500	$	126		$	205
Currency forward contracts		5,559		3,232		(77	)		93
Foreign interest rate swaps		2,136		2,182		(22	)		21
Cross-currency equity options		—		1,000		—			3
Long currency options		581		3,075		9			67
Short currency options		175		2,221		(3	)		(5	)
Total	$	18,604	$	26,210	$	33		$	384

GMAB product derivatives

The GMAB rider associated with certain of the Company’s Japanese variable annuity products is accounted for as a bifurcated embedded derivative. The GMAB provides the policyholder with their initial deposit in a lump sum after a specified waiting period. The notional amount of the embedded derivative is the yen denominated GRB converted to U.S. dollars at the current foreign spot exchange rate as of the reporting period date.

Contingent capital facility put option

The Company entered into a put option agreement that provides the Company the right to require a third-party trust to purchase, at any time, The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum aggregate principal amount of $500. Under the put option agreement, The Hartford will pay premiums on a periodic basis and will reimburse the trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses.

40

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Derivative Balance Sheet Classification

The table below summarizes the balance sheet classification of the Company’s derivative related fair value amounts, as well as the gross asset and liability fair value amounts. The fair value amounts presented do not include income accruals or cash collateral held amounts, which are netted with derivative fair value amounts to determine balance sheet presentation. Derivatives in the Company’s separate accounts are not included because the associated gains and losses accrue directly to policyholders. The Company’s derivative instruments are held for risk management purposes, unless otherwise noted in the table below. The notional amount of derivative contracts represents the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and is presented in the table to quantify the volume of the Company’s derivative activity. Notional amounts are not necessarily reflective of credit risk.

	Net Derivatives										Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives
	Notional Amount				Fair Value						Fair Value				Fair Value
	Mar. 31,		Dec. 31,		Mar. 31,			Dec. 31,			Mar. 31,		Dec. 31,		Mar. 31,			Dec. 31,
Hedge Designation/ Derivative Type	2011		2010		2011			2010			2011		2010		2011			2010
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate swaps	$	10,225	$	10,290	$	53		$	115		$	149	$	188	$	(96	)	$	(73	)
Foreign currency swaps		302		335		7			6			25		29		(18	)		(23	)
Total cash flow hedges		10,527		10,625		60			121			174		217		(114	)		(96	)
Fair value hedges
Interest rate swaps		1,265		1,120		(37	)		(46	)		6		5		(43	)		(51	)
Foreign currency swaps		677		677		(6	)		(12	)		72		71		(78	)		(83	)
Total fair value hedges		1,942		1,797		(43	)		(58	)		78		76		(121	)		(134	)
Non-qualifying strategies
Interest rate contracts
Interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, and futures		9,104		7,938		(361	)		(441	)		155		126		(516	)		(567	)
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign currency swaps and forwards		368		368		(23	)		(18	)		—		1		(23	)		(19	)
Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps		2,285		2,285		120			177			120		177		—			—
Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments		2,134		2,119		441			608			443		608		(2	)		—
Japanese variable annuity hedging instruments		2,713		1,720		3			73			35		74		(32	)		(1	)
Credit contracts
Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection		2,452		2,559		(15	)		(9	)		24		29		(39	)		(38	)
Credit derivatives that assume credit risk [1]		2,580		2,569		(424	)		(434	)		5		8		(429	)		(442	)
Credit derivatives in offsetting positions		8,517		8,367		(72	)		(75	)		94		98		(166	)		(173	)
Equity contracts
Equity index swaps and options		189		189		(10	)		(10	)		5		5		(15	)		(15	)
Variable annuity hedge program
GMWB product derivatives [2]		41,262		42,739		(1,324	)		(1,647	)		—		—		(1,324	)		(1,647	)
GMWB reinsurance contracts		8,364		8,767		224			280			224		280		—			—
GMWB hedging instruments		18,326		17,856		346			467			514		647		(168	)		(180	)
Macro hedge program		18,604		26,210		33			384			181		394		(148	)		(10	)
Other
GMAB product derivatives [2]		234		246		3			3			3		3		—			—
Contingent capital facility put option		500		500		31			32			31		32		—			—
Total non-qualifying strategies		117,632		124,432		(1,028	)		(610	)		1,834		2,482		(2,862	)		(3,092	)
Total cash flow hedges, fair value hedges, and non-qualifying strategies	$	130,101	$	136,854	$	(1,011	)	$	(547	)	$	2,086	$	2,775	$	(3,097	)	$	(3,322	)
Balance Sheet Location
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale	$	728	$	728	$	(41	)	$	(39	)	$	—	$	—	$	(41	)	$	(39	)
Other investments		22,168		55,948		538			1,524			827		2,105		(289	)		(581	)
Other liabilities		57,251		28,333		(396	)		(654	)		1,032		387		(1,428	)		(1,041	)
Consumer notes		39		39		(5	)		(5	)		—		—		(5	)		(5	)
Reinsurance recoverables		8,364		8,767		224			280			224		280		—			—
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable		41,551		43,039		(1,331	)		(1,653	)		3		3		(1,334	)		(1,656	)
Total derivatives	$	130,101	$	136,854	$	(1,011	)	$	(547	)	$	2,086	$	2,775	$	(3,097	)	$	(3,322	)

[1]	The derivative instruments related to this strategy are held for other investment purposes.
[2]	These derivatives are embedded within liabilities and are not held for risk management purposes.

41

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Change in Notional Amount

The net decrease in notional amount of derivatives since December 31, 2010, was primarily due to the following:

• The notional amount related to the macro hedge program declined $7.6 billion primarily due to the expiration of certain currency and equity index options. The notional amount was not replaced given the Company had appropriate levels of market risk coverage for both equity and foreign exchange rate risk.

• The GMWB product derivative notional declined $1.5 billion primarily as a result of policyholder lapses and withdrawals.

• The notional amount related to non-qualifying interest rate contracts increased by $1.2 billion primarily as a result of the Company adding LIBOR swaptions to manage duration between assets and liabilities.

Change in Fair Value

The change in the total fair value of derivative instruments since December 31, 2010, was primarily related to the following:

• The decrease in fair value related to the macro hedge program was primarily due to weakening of the Japanese yen, higher equity market valuation and lower implied market volatility.

• The increase in the combined GMWB hedging program, which includes the GMWB product, reinsurance, and hedging derivatives, was primarily a result of lower implied market volatility and a general increase in long-term interest rates.

• The decrease in fair value related to the Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments and Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps was primarily due to the U.S. dollar strengthening in comparison to the Japanese yen, partially offset by an increase in long-term U.S. interest rates.

Cash Flow Hedges

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of OCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in current period earnings. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The following table presents the components of the gain or loss on derivatives that qualify as cash flow hedges:

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

						Net Realized Capital Gains
	Gain (Loss) Recognized in					(Losses) Recognized in
	OCI on Derivative					Income on Derivative
	(Effective Portion)					(Ineffective Portion)
	2011			2010		2011			2010
Interest rate swaps	$	(66	)	$	100	$	(2	)	$	(1	)
Foreign currency swaps		—			9		—			—
Total	$	(66	)	$	109	$	(2	)	$	(1	)

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships For The Three Months Ended March 31,

	Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)
	Location	2011		2010
Interest rate swaps	Net realized capital gain/(loss)	$	2	$	—
Interest rate swaps	Net investment income		32		12
Foreign currency swaps	Net realized capital gain/(loss)		5		(5	)
Foreign currency swaps	Net investment income		—		—
Total		$	39	$	7

As of March 31, 2011, the before-tax deferred net gains on derivative instruments recorded in AOCI that are expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months are $116. This expectation is based on the anticipated interest payments on hedged investments in fixed maturity securities that will occur over the next twelve months, at which time the Company will recognize the deferred net gains (losses) as an adjustment to interest income over the term of the investment cash flows. The maximum term over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability of future cash flows (for forecasted transactions, excluding interest payments on existing variable-rate financial instruments) is approximately three years.

During the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company had no net reclassifications from AOCI to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of cash-flow hedges due to forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company had less than $1 of net reclassifications from AOCI to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of cash-flow hedges due to forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring.

42

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Fair Value Hedges

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. The Company includes the gain or loss on the derivative in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The Company recognized in income gains (losses) representing the ineffective portion of fair value hedges as follows:

Derivatives in Fair-Value Hedging Relationships

	Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income [1]
	Derivative						Hedge Item
	Three Months Ended						Three Months Ended
	March 31,						March 31,
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Interest rate swaps
Net realized capital gain/(loss)	$	10		$	(12	)	$	(9	)	$	10
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		—			5			—			(5	)
Foreign currency swaps
Net realized capital gain/(loss)		14			(29	)		(14	)		29
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		(8	)		(1	)		8			1
Total	$	16		$	(37	)	$	(15	)	$	35

[1] The amounts presented do not include the periodic net coupon settlements of the derivative or the coupon income (expense) related to the hedged item. The net of the amounts presented represents the ineffective portion of the hedge.

Non-qualifying Strategies

For non-qualifying strategies, including embedded derivatives that are required to be bifurcated from their host contracts and accounted for as derivatives, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings within net realized capital gains or losses. The following table presents the gain or loss recognized in income on non-qualifying strategies:

Derivatives Used in Non-Qualifying Strategies
Gain or (Loss) Recognized within Net Realized Capital Gains and Losses

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011			2010
Interest rate contracts
Interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, and forwards	$	5		$	—
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign currency swaps and forwards		(5	)		6
Japan 3Win related foreign currency swaps [1]		(58	)		(56	)
Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments [2]		(62	)		(19	)
Japanese variable annuity hedging instruments		(62	)		13
Credit contracts
Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection		(17	)		—
Credit derivatives that assume credit risk		19			37
Equity contracts
Equity index swaps, options, and futures		—			1
Variable annuity hedge program
GMWB product derivatives		363			353
GMWB reinsurance contracts		(65	)		(61	)
GMWB hedging instruments		(227	)		(163	)
Macro hedge program		(357	)		(164	)
Other
GMAB product derivatives		1			3
Contingent capital facility put option		(2	)		(1	)
Total	$	(467	)	$	(51	)

[1]	The associated liability is adjusted for changes in spot rates through realized capital gains and was $42 and $7 for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
[2]	The associated liability is adjusted for changes in spot rates through realized capital gains and was $53 and $7 for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

43

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2011, the net realized capital gain (loss) related to derivatives used in non-qualifying strategies was primarily comprised of the following:

• The net loss associated with the macro hedge program is primarily due to weakening of the Japanese yen, higher equity market valuation and lower implied market volatility.

• The net loss related to the Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments and Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps was primarily due to the U.S. dollar strengthening in comparison to the Japanese yen, partially offset by an increase in long-term U.S. interest rates.

• The net loss associated with the Japan variable annuity hedging instruments is primarily due to the weakening of the Japanese yen in comparison to the euro and the U.S. dollar.

• The gain related to the combined GMWB hedging program, which includes the GMWB product, reinsurance, and hedging derivatives, was primarily a result of lower implied market volatility and a general increase in long-term interest rates.

For the three months ended March 31, 2010, the net realized capital gain (loss) related to derivatives used in non-qualifying strategies was primarily comprised of the following:

• The net loss associated with the macro hedge program is primarily due to higher equity market valuation, lower implied market volatility, and time decay.

• The net loss related to the Japan 3Win hedging derivatives is primarily due to a decrease in U.S. interest rates as well as the Japanese Yen weakening in comparison to the U.S. dollar.

• The net gain on all GMWB related derivatives is primarily driven by lower implied market volatility and the relative outperformance of the underlying actively managed funds as compared to their respective indices, partially offset by trading costs given actual volatility in equity markets.

• The net gain related to credit derivatives that assume credit risk is primarily a result of corporate credit spreads tightening.

Refer to Note 9 for additional disclosures regarding contingent credit related features in derivative agreements.

Credit Risk Assumed through Credit Derivatives

The Company enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk of a single entity, referenced index, or asset pool in order to synthetically replicate investment transactions. The Company will receive periodic payments based on an agreed upon rate and notional amount and will only make a payment if there is a credit event. A credit event payment will typically be equal to the notional value of the swap contract less the value of the referenced security issuer’s debt obligation after the occurrence of the credit event. A credit event is generally defined as a default on contractually obligated interest or principal payments or bankruptcy of the referenced entity. The credit default swaps in which the Company assumes credit risk primarily reference investment grade single corporate issuers and baskets, which include trades ranging from baskets of up to five corporate issuers to standard and customized diversified portfolios of corporate issuers. The diversified portfolios of corporate issuers are established within sector concentration limits and are typically divided into tranches that possess different credit ratings.

44

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

The following tables present the notional amount, fair value, weighted average years to maturity, underlying referenced credit obligation type and average credit ratings, and offsetting notional amounts and fair value for credit derivatives in which the Company is assuming credit risk as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

As of March 31, 2011

							Underlying Referenced Credit
						Weighted	Obligation(s) [1]
						Average		Average	Offsetting
Credit Derivative type by derivative	Notional		Fair			Years to		Credit	Notional		Offsetting
risk exposure	Amount [2]		Value			Maturity	Type	Rating	Amount [3]		Fair Value [3]
Single name credit default swaps
Investment grade risk exposure	$	1,562	$	2		3 years	Corporate Credit/ Foreign Gov.	A+	$	1,447	$	(56	)
Below investment grade risk exposure		201		(3	)	3 years	Corporate Credit	BB-		165		(13	)
Basket credit default swaps [4]
Investment grade risk exposure		3,423		6		4 years	Corporate Credit	BBB+		2,097		(21	)
Investment grade risk exposure		525		(43	)	6 years	CMBS Credit	BBB+		525		43
Below investment grade risk exposure		578		(370	)	4 years	Corporate Credit	BBB+		25		—
Embedded credit derivatives
Investment grade risk exposure		25		24		4 years	Corporate Credit	BBB-		—		—
Below investment grade risk exposure		525		463		6 years	Corporate Credit	BB+		—		—
Total	$	6,839	$	79					$	4,259	$	(47	)

As of December 31, 2010

							Underlying Referenced Credit
						Weighted	Obligation(s) [1]
						Average		Average	Offsetting
Credit Derivative type by derivative	Notional		Fair			Years to		Credit	Notional		Offsetting
risk exposure	Amount [2]		Value			Maturity	Type	Rating	Amount [3]		Fair Value [3]
Single name credit default swaps
Investment grade risk exposure	$	1,562	$	(14	)	3 years	Corporate Credit/ Foreign Gov.	A+	$	1,447	$	(41	)
Below investment grade risk exposure		204		(6	)	3 years	Corporate Credit	BB-		168		(13	)
Basket credit default swaps [4]
Investment grade risk exposure		3,145		(1	)	4 years	Corporate Credit	BBB+		2,019		(14	)
Investment grade risk exposure		525		(50	)	6 years	CMBS Credit	BBB+		525		50
Below investment grade risk exposure		767		(381	)	4 years	Corporate Credit	BBB+		25		—
Embedded credit derivatives
Investment grade risk exposure		25		25		4 years	Corporate Credit	BBB-		—		—
Below investment grade risk exposure		525		463		6 years	Corporate Credit	BB+		—		—
Total	$	6,753	$	36					$	4,184	$	(18	)

[1]	The average credit ratings are based on availability and the midpoint of the applicable ratings among Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.
[2]	Notional amount is equal to the maximum potential future loss amount. There is no specific collateral related to these contracts or recourse provisions included in the contracts to offset losses.
[3]	The Company has entered into offsetting credit default swaps to terminate certain existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the future changes in value of, or losses paid related to, the original swap.
[4]	Includes $4.0 billion and $3.9 billion as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, of standard market indices of diversified portfolios of corporate issuers referenced through credit default swaps. These swaps are subsequently valued based upon the observable standard market index. Also includes $553 and $542 as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, of customized diversified portfolios of corporate issuers referenced through credit default swaps.

45

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Present Value of Future Profits

Changes in DAC balance are as follows:

	2011			2010
Balance, January 1	$	9,857		$	10,686
Deferred Costs		653			680
Amortization — DAC		(710	)		(726	)
Amortization — DAC from discontinued operations		—			(4	)
Amortization — Unlock benefit, pre-tax		46			79
Adjustments to unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale and other		30			(441	)
Effect of currency translation		(33	)		(4	)
Balance, March 31	$	9,843		$	10,270

The most significant contributor to the Unlock benefit recorded during the first quarter of 2011 and 2010 was actual separate account returns being above our aggregated estimated return.

7. Separate Accounts, Death Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit Features

U.S. GMDB, International GMDB/GMIB, and UL Secondary Guarantee Benefits

Changes in the gross U.S. GMDB, International GMDB/GMIB, and UL secondary guarantee benefits are as follows:

				International			UL Secondary
	U.S. GMDB			GMDB/GMIB			Guarantees
Liability balance as of January 1, 2011	$	1,053		$	696		$	113
Incurred		57			31			13
Paid		(51	)		(40	)		—
Unlock		(55	)		(17	)		—
Currency translation adjustment		—			(14	)		—
Liability balance as of March 31, 2011	$	1,004		$	656		$	126
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of January 1, 2011	$	686		$	36		$	30
Incurred		34			1			2
Paid		(35	)		—			—
Unlock		(29	)		4			—
Currency translation adjustment		—			(1	)		—
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of March 31, 2011	$	656		$	40		$	32

				International			UL Secondary
	U.S. GMDB			GMDB/GMIB			Guarantees
Liability balance as of January 1, 2010	$	1,233		$	599		$	76
Incurred		63			(2	)		9
Paid		(78	)		(30	)		—
Unlock		(58	)		(1	)		—
Currency translation adjustment		—			(2	)		—
Liability balance as of March 31, 2010	$	1,160		$	564		$	85
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of January 1, 2010	$	787		$	51		$	22
Incurred		38			(13	)		2
Paid		(47	)		(1	)		—
Unlock		(30	)		—			—
Currency translation adjustment		—			—			—
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of March 31, 2010	$	748		$	37		$	24

46

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

7. Separate Accounts, Death Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit Features (continued)

The following table provides details concerning GMDB and GMIB exposure as of March 31, 2011:

Individual Variable and Group Annuity Account Value by GMDB/GMIB Type

					Retained Net
			Net Amount		Amount		Weighted Average
	Account		at Risk		at Risk		Attained Age of
Maximum anniversary value (“MAV”) [1]	Value (“AV”)		(“NAR”) [10]		(“RNAR”) [10]		Annuitant
MAV only	$	25,373	$	4,726	$	1,030		68
With 5% rollup [2]		1,733		412		130		68
With Earnings Protection Benefit Rider (“EPB”) [3]		6,507		778		94		64
With 5% rollup & EPB		718		144		30		67
Total MAV		34,331		6,060		1,284
Asset Protection Benefit (“APB”) [4]		27,657		1,858		1,195		65
Lifetime Income Benefit (“LIB”) — Death Benefit [5]		1,313		54		54		63
Reset [6] (5-7 years)		3,727		184		182		68
Return of Premium (“ROP”) [7]/Other		23,940		460		437		65
Subtotal U.S. GMDB [8]		90,968		8,616		3,152		66
Less: General Account Value with U.S. GMDB		6,942
Subtotal Separate Account Liabilities with GMDB		84,026
Separate Account Liabilities without U.S. GMDB		80,017
Total Separate Account Liabilities	$	164,043
Japan GMDB [9], [11]	$	30,778	$	7,962	$	6,750		69
Japan GMIB [9], [11]	$	28,495	$	4,991	$	4,991		69

[1]	MAV GMDB is the greatest of current AV, net premiums paid and the highest AV on any anniversary before age 80 (adjusted for withdrawals).
[2]	Rollup GMDB is the greatest of the MAV, current AV, net premium paid and premiums (adjusted for withdrawals) accumulated at generally 5% simple interest up to the earlier of age 80 or 100% of adjusted premiums.
[3]	EPB GMDB is the greatest of the MAV, current AV, or contract value plus a percentage of the contract’s growth. The contract’s growth is AV less premiums net of withdrawals, subject to a cap of 200% of premiums net of withdrawals.
[4]	APB GMDB is the greater of current AV or MAV, not to exceed current AV plus 25% times the greater of net premiums and MAV (each adjusted for premiums in the past 12 months).
[5]	LIB GMDB is the greatest of current AV, net premiums paid, or for certain contracts a benefit amount that ratchets over time, generally based on market performance.
[6]	Reset GMDB is the greatest of current AV, net premiums paid and the most recent five to seven year anniversary AV before age 80 (adjusted for withdrawals).
[7]	ROP GMDB is the greater of current AV and net premiums paid.
[8]	AV includes the contract holder’s investment in the separate account and the general account.
[9]	GMDB includes a ROP and MAV (before age 80) paid in a single lump sum. GMIB is a guarantee to return initial investment, adjusted for earnings liquidity which allows for free withdrawal of earnings, paid through a fixed payout annuity, after a minimum deferral period of 10, 15 or 20 years. The GRB related to the Japan GMIB was $32.8 billion and $33.9 billion as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The GRB related to the Japan GMAB and GMWB was $679 and $707 as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. These liabilities are not included in the Separate Account as they are not legally insulated from the general account liabilities of the insurance enterprise. As of March 31, 2011, 55% of RNAR is reinsured to a Hartford affiliate.
[10]	NAR is defined as the guaranteed benefit in excess of the current AV. RNAR represents NAR reduced for reinsurance. NAR and RNAR are highly sensitive to equity markets movements and increase when equity markets decline. Additionally Japan’s NAR and RNAR are highly sensitive to currency movements and increase when the Yen strengthens.
[11]	Policies with a guaranteed living benefit (GMIB in Japan) also have a guaranteed death benefit. The NAR for each benefit is shown in the table above, however these benefits are not additive. When a policy terminates due to death, any NAR related to GMWB or GMIB is released. Similarly, when a policy goes into benefit status on a GMWB or GMIB, its GMDB NAR is released.

In the U.S., account balances of contracts with guarantees were invested in variable separate accounts as follows:

Asset type	As of March 31, 2011		As of December 31, 2010
Equity securities (including mutual funds)	$	75,814	$	75,601
Cash and cash equivalents		8,212		8,365
Total	$	84,026	$	83,966

As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, approximately 15%, respectively, of the equity securities above were invested in fixed income securities through these funds and approximately 85%, respectively, were invested in equity securities.

See Note 4a for further information on guaranteed living benefits that are accounted for at fair value, such as GMWB.

47

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

8. Sales Inducements

Changes in deferred sales inducement activity were as follows for the three months ended March 31:

	2011			2010
Balance, January 1	$	459		$	438
Sales inducements deferred		4			8
Amortization		(9	)		(8	)
Amortization — Unlock		3			4
Balance, March 31	$	457		$	442

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties discussed below under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims,” management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford.

The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. These actions include, among others, putative state and federal class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile, property, life and inland marine; improper sales practices in connection with the sale of life insurance and other investment products; and improper fee arrangements in connection with investment products. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

Apart from the inherent difficulty of predicting litigation outcomes, particularly those that will be decided by a jury, many of the matters specifically identified below purport to seek substantial damages for unsubstantiated conduct spanning a multi-year period based on novel and complex legal theories and damages models. The alleged damages typically are not quantified or factually supported in the complaint, and, in any event, the Company’s experience shows that demands for damages often bear little relation to a reasonable estimate of potential loss. Most are in the earliest stages of litigation, with few or no substantive legal decisions by the court defining the scope of the claims, the class (if any), or the potentially available damages. In many, the Company has not yet answered the complaint or asserted its defenses, and fact discovery is still in progress or has not yet begun. Accordingly, unless otherwise specified below, management cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss, if any, or predict the timing of the eventual resolution of these matters.

48

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

9. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

Broker Compensation Litigation — Following the New York Attorney General’s filing of a civil complaint against Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., and Marsh, Inc. (collectively, “Marsh”) in October 2004 alleging that certain insurance companies, including The Hartford, participated with Marsh in arrangements to submit inflated bids for business insurance and paid contingent commissions to ensure that Marsh would direct business to them, private plaintiffs brought several lawsuits against the Company predicated on the allegations in the Marsh complaint, to which the Company was not party. Among these is a multidistrict litigation in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey. Two consolidated amended complaints were filed in the multidistrict litigation, one related to conduct in connection with the sale of property-casualty insurance and the other related to alleged conduct in connection with the sale of group benefits products. The Company and various of its subsidiaries are named in both complaints. The complaints assert, on behalf of a putative class of persons who purchased insurance through broker defendants, claims under the Sherman Act, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), state law, and in the case of the group benefits complaint, claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). The claims are predicated upon allegedly undisclosed or otherwise improper payments of contingent commissions to the broker defendants to steer business to the insurance company defendants. The district court dismissed the Sherman Act and RICO claims in both complaints for failure to state a claim and has granted the defendants’ motions for summary judgment on the ERISA claims in the group-benefits products complaint. The district court further declined to exercise supplemental jurisdiction over the state law claims and dismissed those claims without prejudice. The plaintiffs appealed the dismissal of the claims in both consolidated amended complaints, except the ERISA claims. In August 2010, the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit affirmed the dismissal of the Sherman Act and RICO claims against the Company. The Third Circuit vacated the dismissal of the Sherman Act and RICO claims against some defendants in the property casualty insurance case and vacated the dismissal of the state-law claims as to all defendants in light of the reinstatement of the federal claims. In September 2010, the district court entered final judgment for the defendants in the group benefits case. In March 2011, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle on a class basis the property casualty insurance case for an immaterial amount. The settlement is contingent upon the execution of a final settlement agreement and preliminary and final court approval.

Investment and Savings Plan ERISA and Shareholder Securities Class Action Litigation — In November and December 2008, following a decline in the share price of the Company’s common stock, seven putative class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut on behalf of certain participants in the Company’s Investment and Savings Plan (the “Plan”), which offers the Company’s common stock as one of many investment options. These lawsuits have been consolidated, and a consolidated amended class-action complaint was filed on March 23, 2009, alleging that the Company and certain of its officers and employees violated ERISA by allowing the Plan’s participants to invest in the Company’s common stock and by failing to disclose to the Plan’s participants information about the Company’s financial condition. The lawsuit seeks restitution or damages for losses arising from the investment of the Plan’s assets in the Company’s common stock during the period from December 10, 2007 to the present. In January 2010, the district court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint. In February 2011, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle on a class basis for an immaterial amount. The settlement is contingent upon the execution of a final settlement agreement and preliminary and final court approval.

The Company and certain of its present or former officers are defendants in a putative securities class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in March 2010. The operative complaint, filed in October 2010, is brought on behalf of persons who acquired Hartford common stock during the period of July 28, 2008 through February 5, 2009, and alleges that the defendants violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5, by making false or misleading statements during the alleged class period about the Company’s valuation of certain asset-backed securities and its effect on the Company’s capital position. The Company disputes the allegations and has moved to dismiss the complaint.

Fair Credit Reporting Act Class Action — In February 2007, the United States District Court for the District of Oregon gave final approval of the Company’s settlement of a lawsuit brought on behalf of a class of homeowners and automobile policy holders alleging that the Company willfully violated the Fair Credit Reporting Act by failing to send appropriate notices to new customers whose initial rates were higher than they would have been had the customer had a more favorable credit report. The Company paid approximately $84.3 to eligible claimants and their counsel in connection with the settlement, and sought reimbursement from the Company’s Excess Professional Liability Insurance Program for the portion of the settlement in excess of the Company’s $10 self-insured retention. Certain insurance carriers participating in that program disputed coverage for the settlement, and one of the excess insurers commenced an arbitration that resulted in an award in the Company’s favor and payments to the Company of approximately $30.1, thereby exhausting the primary and first-layer excess policies. In June 2009, the second-layer excess carriers commenced an arbitration to resolve the dispute over coverage for the remainder of the amounts paid by the Company. The arbitration hearing is scheduled for May 2011. Management believes it is probable that the Company’s coverage position ultimately will be sustained.

49

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

9. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

Mutual Funds Litigation — In October 2010, a derivative action was brought on behalf of six Hartford retail mutual funds in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging that Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC received excessive advisory and distribution fees in violation of its statutory fiduciary duty under Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. In February 2011, a nearly identical derivative action was brought against Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey on behalf of six additional Hartford retail mutual funds. Both actions are assigned to the Honorable Renee Marie Bumb, a judge in the District of New Jersey who is sitting by designation with respect to the Delaware action. Plaintiffs in each action seek to rescind the investment management agreements and distribution plans between the Company and the mutual funds and to recover the total fees charged thereunder or, in the alternative, to recover any improper compensation the Company received. In addition, plaintiff in the New Jersey action seeks recovery of lost earnings. The Company disputes the allegations and, has moved to dismiss the Delaware action, and intends to move to dismiss the New Jersey action.

Asbestos and Environmental Claims — As discussed in Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims”, included in the Company’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report, The Hartford continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims that involve significant uncertainty regarding policy coverage issues. Regarding these claims, The Hartford continually reviews its overall reserve levels and reinsurance coverages, as well as the methodologies it uses to estimate its exposures. Because of the significant uncertainties that limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses, particularly those related to asbestos, the ultimate liabilities may exceed the currently recorded reserves. Any such additional liability cannot be reasonably estimated now but could be material to The Hartford’s consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

Derivative Commitments

Certain of the Company’s derivative agreements contain provisions that are tied to the financial strength ratings of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement as set by nationally recognized statistical rating agencies. If the legal entity’s financial strength were to fall below certain ratings, the counterparties to the derivative agreements could demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization and in certain instances demand immediate settlement of all outstanding derivative positions traded under each impacted bilateral agreement. The settlement amount is determined by netting the derivative positions transacted under each agreement. If the termination rights were to be exercised by the counterparties, it could impact the legal entity’s ability to conduct hedging activities by increasing the associated costs and decreasing the willingness of counterparties to transact with the legal entity. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position as of March 31, 2011, is $584. Of this $584 the legal entities have posted collateral of $499 in the normal course of business. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 2011, a downgrade of one level below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody’s or S&P could require approximately an additional $40 to be posted as collateral. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 2011, a downgrade by either Moody’s or S&P of two levels below the legal entities’ current financial strength ratings could require approximately an additional $71 of assets to be posted as collateral. These collateral amounts could change as derivative market values change, as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated. The nature of the collateral that we may be required to post is primarily in the form of U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. Treasury notes.

10. Pension Plans and Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Benefit Plans

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Total net periodic benefit cost for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 includes the following components:

	Pension Benefits						Other Postretirement Benefits
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Service cost	$	28		$	27		$	1		$	1
Interest cost		64			62			5			6
Expected return on plan assets		(74	)		(71	)		(3	)		(3	)
Amortization of prior service credit		(2	)		(2	)		—			—
Amortization of actuarial loss		37			26			—			—
Net periodic benefit cost	$	53		$	42		$	3		$	4

50

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

11. Stock Compensation Plans

The Company’s stock-based compensation plans include The Hartford 2010 Incentive Stock Plan, The Hartford Employee Stock Purchase Plan and The Hartford Deferred Stock Unit Plan. For a description of these plans, see Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

Shares issued in satisfaction of stock-based compensation may be made available from authorized but unissued shares, shares held by the Company in treasury or from shares purchased in the open market. The Company typically issues shares from treasury in satisfaction of stock-based compensation.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011			2010
Stock-based compensation plans expense	$	22		$	22
Income tax benefit		(8	)		(8	)
Total stock-based compensation plans expense, after-tax	$	14		$	14

The Company did not capitalize any cost of stock-based compensation. As of March 31, 2011, the total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized was $141, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

12. Discontinued Operations

In the first quarter of 2011, the Company completed the sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary Specialty Risk Services (“SRS”). SRS is a third-party claims administration business that provides self-insured, insured, and alternative market clients with customized claims services. The Company will continue to provide certain transition services to SRS for up to 24 months. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company recorded a net realized capital gain of $150, after-tax. SRS was previously included in the Property & Casualty Commercial reporting segment. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company completed the sales of its indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries Hartford Investments Canada Corporation (“HICC”) and Hartford Advantage Investment, Ltd. (“HAIL”). HICC was previously included in the Mutual Funds reporting segment and HAIL was included in the Global Annuity reporting segment.

The following table summarizes the amounts related to discontinued operations in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011			2010
Revenues
Fee income	$	—		$	9
Net investment income		—			1
Net realized capital losses		(4	)		(2	)
Other revenues		47			54
Total revenues		43			62
Benefits, losses and expenses
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits		—			4
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		27			58
Total benefits, losses and expenses		27			62
Income before income taxes		16			—
Income tax expense		6			—
Income from operations of discontinued operations, net of tax		10			—
Net realized capital gain on disposal, net of tax		150			—
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	160		$	—

51

Item 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollar amounts in millions except share data unless otherwise stated)

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) addresses the financial condition of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “The Hartford” or the “Company”) as of March 31, 2011, compared with December 31, 2010, and its results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011, compared to the equivalent 2010 period. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the MD&A in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period financial information to conform to the current period classifications. Also, prior period income statement amounts have been restated to reflect discontinued operations, see Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on discontinued operations. The Hartford defines increases or decreases greater than or equal to 200%, or changes from a net gain to a net loss position, or vice versa, as “NM” or not meaningful.

INDEX

Description	Page
Consolidated Results of Operations		53
Outlooks		55
Critical Accounting Estimates		56
The Hartford’s Operations Overview		62
Key Performance Measures and Ratios		62
Property & Casualty Commercial		70
Group Benefits		72
Consumer Markets		73
Global Annuity		76
Life Insurance		78
Retirement Plans		79
Mutual Funds		80
Corporate and Other		81
Insurance Risk Management		82
Investment Credit Risk Management		82
Capital Markets Risk Management		90
Capital Resources and Liquidity		98
Impact of New Accounting Standards		104

52

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Operating Summary

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011			2010			Change
Earned premiums	$	3,519		$	3,527			—
Fee income		1,209			1,180			2	%
Net investment income:
Securities available-for-sale and other		1,116			1,059			5	%
Equity securities, trading [1]		803			701			15	%
Total net investment income		1,919			1,760			9	%
Net realized capital losses		(403	)		(274	)		(47	%)
Other revenues		64			64			—
Total revenues		6,308			6,257			1	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		3,178			3,133			1	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses — returns credited on international variable annuities [1]		803			701			15	%
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits (“DAC”)		664			647			3	%
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		1,125			1,121			—
Interest expense		128			120			7	%
Total benefits, losses and expenses		5,898			5,722			3	%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		410			535			(23	%)
Income tax expense		59			216			(73	%)
Income from continuing operations, net of tax		351			319			10	%
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax		160			—			—
Net income	$	511		$	319			60	%
Supplemental Operating Data
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders per diluted common share	$	0.69		$	(0.42	)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per diluted common share		1.01			(0.42	)
Total revenues, excluding net investment income on equity securities, trading		5,505			5,556

	March 31,		December 31,
Summary of Financial Condition	2011		2010
Total assets	$	322,538	$	318,346
Total investments, excluding equity securities, trading		97,350		98,175
Total stockholders’ equity		20,999		20,311

[1] Includes investment income and mark-to-market effects of equity securities, trading, supporting the international variable annuity business, which are classified in net investment income with corresponding amounts credited to policyholders within benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.

53

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
							Increase
							(Decrease) From
Segment Results	2011			2010			2011 to 2010
Property & Casualty Commercial	$	327		$	206		$	121
Group Benefits		11			51			(40	)
Commercial Markets		338			257			81
Consumer Markets		110			56			54
Global Annuity		50			80			(30	)
Life Insurance		35			24			11
Retirement Plans		15			(6	)		21
Mutual Funds		28			26			2
Wealth Management		128			124			4
Corporate and Other		(65	)		(118	)		53
Net income	$	511		$	319		$	192

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

The increase in net income from 2010 to 2011 was primarily due to the following items:

•	Total net investment income, excluding equity securities, trading, increased due to improved performance of limited partnerships and other alternative investments primarily within private equity and real estate funds. This increase was partially offset by lower income on fixed maturities resulting from sales of riskier exposures being reinvested at a lower rate. For further discussion, see Net Investment Income (Loss) within Investment Results of Key Performance Measures and Ratios of this MD&A.
•	Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, increased due to a realized gain on the sale of Specialty Risk Services of $150, after-tax, in 2011. This gain was recorded in the Property & Casualty Commercial segment’s net income.
•	Income tax expense in 2010 includes a valuation allowance expense of $86 compared to a benefit of $2 in 2011. See Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the tax provision at the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes.
•	2010 includes an accrual for a litigation settlement of $73, before-tax, for further information see Structured Settlement Class Action in Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report
Partially offsetting these increases in net income were the following items:
•	Net realized capital losses increased primarily due the results of the variable annuity hedge program, partially offset by a decrease in impairment losses. For further discussion, see Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) within Investment Results of Key Performance Measures and Ratios of this MD&A.
•	Unlock benefit, after-tax, decreased $23, from $85 in 2010 to $62 in 2011, due to the variance of actual returns compared to expected returns being a greater benefit in the prior year period. For additional information regarding the Unlock, see Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.
•	Property and casualty insurance prior accident years development decreased $38, before-tax, due to lower reserve releases in 2011 of $51, before-tax, compared to 2010 of $89, before-tax. For additional information regarding prior accident years development, see Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

See the segment sections of the MD&A for a discussion on their respective performances.

54

OUTLOOKS

The Hartford provides projections and other forward-looking information in the following discussions, which contain many forward-looking statements, particularly relating to the Company’s future financial performance. These forward-looking statements are estimates based on information currently available to the Company, are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are subject to the precautionary statements set forth on pages 3-4 of this Form 10-Q. Actual results are likely to differ, and in the past have differed, materially from those forecast by the Company, depending on the outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in each discussion below and in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

Throughout 2011, The Hartford will continue to focus on growing its three customer-oriented divisions, Commercial Markets, Consumer Markets, and Wealth Management, through enhanced product development, leveraging synergies of the divisions’ product offerings to meet customer needs, and increased efficiencies throughout the organization. The speed and extent of economic and employment expansion may impact the insurance protection businesses where insureds may change their level of insurance, and asset accumulation businesses may see customers changing their level of savings based on anticipated economic conditions. The performance of The Hartford’s divisions is subject to uncertainty due to market conditions, which impact the earnings of its asset management businesses and the valuation and earnings on its investment portfolio.

Commercial Markets

Commercial Markets will continue to focus on growth through market-differentiated products and services while maintaining a disciplined underwriting approach. In the Property & Casualty Commercial insurance marketplace, improving market conditions have enabled the Company to achieve price increases in standard commercial lines during the first quarter of 2011, while a slowly-recovering economy has resulted in an increase in insurance exposures. Favorable trends are expected to continue. Within Property & Casualty Commercial, the Company expects low to mid single-digit written premium growth for full year 2011, due to an increase in pricing, higher new business premium and an increase in premium retention. Additionally, Property & Casualty Commercial is growing its standard commercial lines policy counts, particularly for our small commercial business, led by an increase in workers’ compensation in force. Management expects this trend to continue for the remainder of the year. This growth potential reflects the combination of our current market position, a broadening of underwriting expertise focused on selected industries, a leveraging of the payroll model, and numerous initiatives launched in the past several years. Initiatives include programs aimed at improving policy count retention, the rollout of new product offerings and the introduction of ease of doing business technology for our small commercial business. The Property & Casualty Commercial combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development is expected to be slightly higher for full year 2011 than the 93.4 achieved in 2010 as pricing increases are expected to largely offset loss cost changes. In Group Benefits, the economic downturn, combined with the potential for employees to lessen spending on the Company’s products and the overall competitive environment, reduced premium levels in 2010. Premiums declined during the first quarter of 2011, and are expected to remain relatively flat for full year 2011, or until there is economic expansion with lower unemployment rates, compared to 2010 levels. Over time, as employers design benefit strategies to attract and retain employees, while attempting to control their benefit costs, management believes that the need for the Company’s products will continue to expand. This combined with the significant number of employees who currently do not have coverage or adequate levels of coverage, creates continued opportunities for our products and services. The Company experienced elevated disability loss ratios in 2010 and anticipates loss ratios to remain essentially flat for full year 2011.

Consumer Markets

In 2011, the Company expects written premium to decline, including a decrease in both AARP direct and Agency business. Management expects written premium from business sold directly to AARP members to decline in 2011 reflecting the impact of written pricing increases and increased competition. The Company also expects Agency earned premium to decline in 2011 as a result of continued pricing and underwriting actions to improve profitability, including efforts to reposition the book into more preferred market business, including for insureds aged 40+. Also, in 2011, Consumer Markets expects to increase its business written through independent agents to AARP members and enter into new affinity relationships. In addition, management will continue to generate new business from direct marketing to AARP members, expanding the sale of the Open Road Advantage auto product through independent agents and introducing an enhanced homeowners product called Hartford Home Advantage. The Company distributes its discounted AARP Open Road Advantage auto product through those independent agents who are authorized to offer the AARP product and has begun to distribute its Hartford Home Advantage product on a discounted basis through those same authorized agents. As of April 2011, the Open Road Advantage auto product was available in 40 states and management expects it to be available in 44 states by the end of 2011. Also, the Company began rolling out its Hartford Home Advantage product during the first quarter of 2011 and will continue introducing additional states in the coming quarters. Management expects that the combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development will improve in 2011, driven mostly by earned pricing increases and lower average claim severity for auto liability. For both auto and home, claim frequency is expected to improve slightly in 2011 as we benefit from a continued shift to a more preferred mix of business. Claim severity increases for home are expected to be modest throughout 2011.

55

Wealth Management

Wealth Management continues to drive sales momentum through the execution of several key strategies. Global Annuity is continuing to build out a portfolio of solutions to provide contract holders guaranteed income. Several of these solutions take a unique approach to providing income and managing risk and consequently may take longer than traditional products to be available to the marketplace. We continue to explore annuity distribution avenues that would complement the existing channels we have in place today. Our Mutual Fund business has been building additional products to improve our participation in segments where we see growth opportunities. The success of two new global funds last year will be followed by the launch of an emerging market equity fund, an emerging market debt fund and a global fixed income fund. We are also seeing strong growth emerge beyond our core retail distribution - specifically with Registered Investment Advisors and institutionally oriented investors. The Retirement Plans business continues to experience strong sales. In addition to our core 401(k) market, we have seen strong growth in larger ($10+) corporate plans, as well as with tax exempt entities. The property & casualty channel will become an increasingly important area of focus for us given our conviction that this channel is underpenetrated and well suited for this business. Life Insurance continues to differentiate itself from the industry through the creative offering of income solutions. The recently launched LongevityAccess rider, which allows policyholders to begin taking income from a policy at age 90, in tandem with the increasingly popular LifeAccess rider, which allows policyholders to take distributions from their policies in cases of chronic illness, gives The Hartford an unmatched ability to help people protect against premature death, outliving one’s assets, or deteriorating health. In addition to building out distribution through property & casualty agents, we have had tremendous success expanding our distribution into career life insurance professionals through our Monarch program. Sales through this program have become the driver of top line growth for the business.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ, and in the past has differed, from those estimates.

The Company has identified the following estimates as critical in that they involve a higher degree of judgment and are subject to a significant degree of variability:

• property and casualty insurance product reserves, net of reinsurance;

• estimated gross profits used in the valuation and amortization of assets and liabilities associated with variable annuity and other universal life-type contracts;

• evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities and valuation allowances on investments;

• living benefits required to be fair valued (in other policyholder funds and benefits payable);

• goodwill impairment;

• valuation of investments and derivative instruments;

• pension and other postretirement benefit obligations;

• valuation allowance on deferred tax assets; and

• contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters.

Certain of these estimates are particularly sensitive to market conditions, and deterioration and/or volatility in the worldwide debt or equity markets could have a material impact on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. In developing these estimates management makes subjective and complex judgments that are inherently uncertain and subject to material change as facts and circumstances develop. Although variability is inherent in these estimates, management believes the amounts provided are appropriate based upon the facts available upon compilation of the financial statements. The Hartford’s critical accounting estimates are discussed in Part II, Item 7 MD&A in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report. The following discussion updates certain of The Hartford’s critical accounting estimates for March 31, 2011 results.

Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance

Based on the results of the quarterly reserve review process, the Company determines the appropriate reserve adjustments, if any, to record. Recorded reserve estimates are changed after consideration of numerous factors, including but not limited to, the magnitude of the difference between the actuarial indication and the recorded reserves, improvement or deterioration of actuarial indications in the period, the maturity of the accident year, trends observed over the recent past and the level of volatility within a particular line of business. In general, adjustments are made more quickly to more mature accident years and less volatile lines of business. Such adjustments of reserves are referred to as “reserve development”. Reserve development that increases previous estimates of ultimate cost is called “reserve strengthening”. Reserve development that decreases previous estimates of ultimate cost is called “reserve releases”. Reserve development can influence the comparability of year over year underwriting results and is set forth in the paragraphs and tables that follow.

56

Reserve Roll Forwards and Development

A roll-forward follows of property and casualty insurance product liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2011:

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011

										Total
	Property &									Property and
	Casualty			Consumer			Corporate and			Casualty
	Commercial			Markets			Other			Insurance
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	14,727		$	2,177		$	4,121		$	21,025
Reinsurance and other recoverables		2,361			17			699			3,077
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net		12,366			2,160			3,422			17,948
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes		962			616			—			1,578
Current accident year catastrophes		46			32			—			78
Prior accident years		(6	)		(49	)		4			(51	)
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses		1,002			599			4			1,605
Payments		(887	)		(709	)		(117	)		(1,713	)
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net		12,481			2,050			3,309			17,840
Reinsurance and other recoverables		2,350			8			655			3,013
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	14,831		$	2,058		$	3,964		$	20,853
Earned premiums	$	1,498		$	956
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [1]		59.2			74.2
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio		66.9			62.6
Prior accident years development (pts) [2]		(0.4	)		(5.1	)

[1]	The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums.
[2]	“Prior accident years development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident years development to earned premiums.

Prior accident years development recorded in 2011

Included within prior accident years development for the three months ended March 31, 2011 were the following reserve strengthenings (releases):

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011

	Property & Casualty			Consumer			Corporate		Total Property and
	Commercial			Markets			and Other		Casualty Insurance
Auto liability	$	(1	)	$	(55	)	$	—	$	(56	)
Homeowners		—			(14	)		—		(14	)
Professional liability		(9	)		—			—		(9	)
Package business		(7	)		—			—		(7	)
Workers’ compensation		(1	)		—			—		(1	)
General liability		6			—			—		6
Commercial property		2			—			—		2
Net environmental reserves		—			—			2		2
Discount accretion on workers’ compensation		7			—			—		7
Catastrophes		(5	)		19			—		14
Other reserve re-estimates, net		2			1			2		5
Total prior accident years development	$	(6	)	$	(49	)	$	4	$	(51	)

During the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company’s re-estimates of prior accident years reserves included the following significant reserve changes:

• Released reserves for personal auto liability claims. Favorable trends in reported severity have persisted, primarily for accident years 2005 through 2010. As these accident years develop, the uncertainty around the ultimate losses is reduced and management places more weight on the emerged experience.

• Favorable emergence of homeowners’ losses is primarily for accident years 2009 and 2010. This is partially driven by an increase in the speed at which claims are being settled, a trend that is expected to continue as these accident years develop.

• Prior year catastrophes primarily relates to a severe wind and hail storm event in Arizona during the fourth quarter of 2010.

57

A roll forward follows of property and casualty insurance product liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2010:

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

										Total
	Property &									Property and
	Casualty			Consumer			Corporate and			Casualty
	Commercial			Markets			Other			Insurance
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	15,051		$	2,109		$	4,491		$	21,651
Reinsurance and other recoverables		2,570			11			860			3,441
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net		12,481			2,098			3,631			18,210
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes		891			667			2			1,560
Current accident year catastrophes		38			41			—			79
Prior accident years		(82	)		(7	)		—			(89	)
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses		847			701			2			1,550
Payments		(831	)		(680	)		(119	)		(1,630	)
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net		12,497			2,119			3,514			18,130
Reinsurance and other recoverables		2,566			10			854			3,430
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	15,063		$	2,129		$	4,368		$	21,560
Earned premiums	$	1,424		$	996
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [1]		58.4			68.3
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio		59.5			70.4
Prior accident years development (pts) [2]		(5.8	)		(0.8	)

[1]	The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums.
[2]	“Prior accident years development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident years development to earned premiums.

Prior accident years development recorded in 2010

Included within prior accident years development for the three months ended March 31, 2010 were the following reserve strengthenings (releases):

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

	Property & Casualty			Consumer			Corporate and		Total Property and
	Commercial			Markets			Other		Casualty Insurance
Auto liability	$	(9	)	$	(17	)	$	—	$	(26	)
Professional liability		(18	)		—			—		(18	)
General liability		(15	)		—			—		(15	)
Commercial property		(12	)		—			—		(12	)
Package business		(10	)		—			—		(10	)
Workers’ compensation		(9	)		—			—		(9	)
Fidelity and surety		(4	)		—			—		(4	)
Homeowners		—			15			—		15
Discount accretion on workers’ compensation		7			—			—		7
Catastrophes		(4	)		(1	)		—		(5	)
Other reserve re-estimates, net		(8	)		(4	)		—		(12	)
Total prior accident years development	$	(82	)	$	(7	)	$	—	$	(89	)

During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company’s re-estimates of prior accident years reserves included the following significant reserve changes:

• Released reserves for personal auto liability claims. During 2009, the Company recognized that favorable development in reported severity, due in part to changes made to claim handling procedures in 2007, was a sustained trend for accident years 2005 through 2008 and, accordingly, management reduced its reserve estimate. The reserve releases are in response to a continuation of these same favorable trends, primarily affecting accident years 2005 through 2009.

• Released reserves for professional liability claims, primarily related to directors’ and officers’ (“D&O”) claims in accident years 2006 and prior. For these accident years, reported losses for claims under D&O and errors and omissions (“E&O”) policies have been emerging favorably to initial expectations due to lower than expected claim severity.

• Released reserves for general liability umbrella claims, primarily related to accident years 2004 to 2008. The Company observed that reported losses for umbrella general liability claims continue to emerge favorably and this caused management to reduce its estimate of the cost of future reported claims for these accident years.

• Package business and commercial property both experienced better than expected property loss emergence, largely from the first prior accident year. As a short tail line, management responds more quickly to these trends. In addition, the package business experienced lower liability loss emergence than expected in accident years 2007 and 2006. Accordingly, management reduced reserve estimates for these years.

• Strengthened reserves for homeowners’ claims as, during 2010, the Company observed a lengthening of the claim reporting period for homeowners’ claims for prior accident years which resulted in increasing management’s estimate of the ultimate cost to settle these claims.

58

Other Operations Claims

Reserve Activity

Reserves and reserve activity in the Other Operations operating segment, within Corporate and Other, are categorized and reported as asbestos, environmental, or “all other”. The “all other” category of reserves covers a wide range of insurance and assumed reinsurance coverages, including, but not limited to, potential liability for construction defects, lead paint, silica, pharmaceutical products, molestation and other long-tail liabilities.

The following table presents reserve activity, inclusive of estimates for both reported and incurred but not reported claims, net of reinsurance, for Other Operations, categorized by asbestos, environmental and all other claims, for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Other Operations Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011	Asbestos			Environmental			All Other [1]			Total
Beginning liability — net [2][3]	$	1,787		$	334		$	1,302		$	3,423
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred		—			2			2			4
Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid		(56	)		(13	)		(49	)		(118	)
Ending liability — net [2][3]	$	1,731 [4]		$	323		$	1,255		$	3,309

[1]	“All Other” includes unallocated loss adjustment expense reserves. “All Other” also includes The Company’s allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. When the Company commutes a ceded reinsurance contract or settles a ceded reinsurance dispute, the portion of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance attributable to that commutation or settlement, if any, is reclassified to the appropriate cause of loss.
[2]	Excludes amounts reported in Property & Casualty Commercial and Consumer Markets reporting segments (collectively “Ongoing Operations”) for asbestos and environmental net liabilities of $11 and $10 respectively, as of March 31, 2011 and $11 and $5, respectively, as of December 31, 2010; total net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2011 of $9, related to asbestos and environmental claims; and total net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid for the three months ended March 31, 2011 of $4 related to asbestos and environmental claims.
[3]	Gross of reinsurance, asbestos and environmental reserves, including liabilities in Ongoing Operations, were $2,225 and $376, respectively, as of March 31, 2011, and $2,308 and $378, respectively, as of December 31, 2010.
[4]	The one year and average three year net paid amounts for asbestos claims, including Ongoing Operations, are $286 and $230, respectively, resulting in a one year net survival ratio of 6.1 and a three year net survival ratio of 7.6. Net survival ratio is the quotient of the net carried reserves divided by the average annual payment amount and is an indication of the number of years that the net carried reserve would last (i.e. survive) if the future annual claim payments were consistent with the calculated historical average.

For paid and incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses reporting, the Company classifies its asbestos and environmental reserves into three categories: Direct, Assumed Reinsurance and London Market. Direct insurance includes primary and excess coverage. Assumed reinsurance includes both “treaty” reinsurance (covering broad categories of claims or blocks of business) and “facultative” reinsurance (covering specific risks or individual policies of primary or excess insurance companies). London Market business includes the business written by one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, which are no longer active in the insurance or reinsurance business. Such business includes both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance.

Of the three categories of claims (Direct, Assumed Reinsurance and London Market), direct policies tend to have the greatest factual development from which to estimate the Company’s exposures.

Assumed reinsurance exposures are inherently less predictable than direct insurance exposures because the Company may not receive notice of a reinsurance claim until the underlying direct insurance claim is mature. This causes a delay in the receipt of information at the reinsurer level and adds to the uncertainty of estimating related reserves.

London Market exposures are the most uncertain of the three categories of claims. As a participant in the London Market (comprised of both Lloyd’s of London and London Market companies), certain subsidiaries of the Company wrote business on a subscription basis, with those subsidiaries’ involvement being limited to a relatively small percentage of a total contract placement. Claims are reported, via a broker, to the “lead” underwriter and, once agreed to, are presented to the following markets for concurrence. This reporting and claim agreement process makes estimating liabilities for this business the most uncertain of the three categories of claims.

59

The following table sets forth, for the three months ended March 31, 2011, paid and incurred loss activity by the three categories of claims for asbestos and environmental.

Paid and Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (“LAE”) Development — Asbestos and Environmental

	Asbestos [1]					Environmental [1]
	Paid			Incurred		Paid		Incurred
Three Months Ended March 31, 2011	Losses & LAE			Losses & LAE		Losses & LAE		Losses & LAE
Gross
Direct	$	57		$	—	$	6	$	2
Assumed Reinsurance		15			—		2		—
London Market		9			—		2		—
Total		81			—		10		2
Ceded		(25	)		—		3		—
Net	$	56		$	—	$	13	$	2

[1] Excludes asbestos and environmental paid and incurred loss and LAE reported in Ongoing Operations. Total gross losses and LAE incurred in Ongoing Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 includes $9 related to asbestos and environmental claims. Total gross losses and LAE paid in Ongoing Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 includes $5 related to asbestos and environmental claims.

Uncertainties Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves

A number of factors affect the variability of estimates for asbestos and environmental reserves including assumptions with respect to the frequency of claims, the average severity of those claims settled with payment, the dismissal rate of claims with no payment and the expense to indemnity ratio. The uncertainty with respect to the underlying reserve assumptions for asbestos and environmental adds a greater degree of variability to these reserve estimates than reserve estimates for more traditional exposures. While this variability is reflected in part in the size of the range of reserves developed by the Company, that range may still not be indicative of the potential variance between the ultimate outcome and the recorded reserves. The recorded net reserves as of March 31, 2011 of $2.08 billion ($1.74 billion and $333 for asbestos and environmental, respectively) is within an estimated range, unadjusted for covariance, of $1.61 billion to $2.38 billion. The process of estimating asbestos and environmental reserves remains subject to a wide variety of uncertainties, which are detailed in the Company’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report. The Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are appropriate. However, analyses of future developments could cause the Company to change its estimates and ranges of its asbestos and environmental reserves, and the effect of these changes could be material to the Company’s consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

Consistent with the Company’s long-standing reserve practices, the Company will continue to review and monitor its reserves in the Other Operations operating segment regularly, including its annual reviews of asbestos liabilities, reinsurance recoverables and the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, and environmental liabilities, and where future developments indicate, make appropriate adjustments to the reserves. For a discussion of the Company’s reserving practices, see the Critical Accounting Estimates—Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance section of the MD&A included in the Company’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

60

Estimated Gross Profits Used in the Valuation and Amortization of Assets and Liabilities Associated with Variable Annuity and Other Universal Life-Type Contracts

Estimated gross profits (“EGPs”) are used in the amortization of: the DAC asset, which includes the present value of future profits; sales inducement assets (“SIA”); and unearned revenue reserves (“URR”). See Note 6 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on DAC. See Note 8 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on SIA. Portions of EGPs are also used in the valuation of reserves for death and other insurance benefit features on variable annuity and universal life-type contracts. See Note 7 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on death and other insurance benefit reserves. See The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report for additional discussion on the Company’s critical accounting estimates related to EGPs.

The most significant EGP based balances as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are as follows:

	Global Annuity				Life Insurance				Retirement Plans
	Mar. 31,		Dec. 31,		Mar. 31,		Dec. 31,		Mar. 31,		Dec. 31,
	2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010
DAC	$	4,751	$	4,868	$	2,707	$	2,667	$	846	$	820
SIA		367		370		46		45		24		23
URR		138		142		1,441		1,383		—		—
Death and Other Insurance Benefit Reserves		1,659		1,748		126		113		1		1

Unlocks

The after-tax impact on the Company’s assets and liabilities as a result of the Unlock for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	Global Annuity						Life Insurance					Retirement Plans				Total
	2011			2010			2011			2010		2011		2010		2011			2010
DAC	$	28		$	49		$	(1	)	$	2	$	4	$	1	$	31		$	52
SIA		2			2			—			—		—		—		2			2
URR		(1	)		(1	)		—			1		—		—		(1	)		—
Death and Other Insurance Benefit Reserves		30			31			—			—		—		—		30			31
Total	$	59		$	81		$	(1	)	$	3	$	4	$	1	$	62		$	85

The most significant contributor to the Unlock benefit recorded during the first quarter of 2011 and 2010 was actual separate account returns being above our aggregated estimated return.

In the third quarter of 2011, the Company expects to complete a comprehensive non-market related policyholder behavior assumption study and incorporate the results of the study into its projection of future gross profits. All assumption changes are considered an Unlock in the period of revision.

An Unlock revises EGPs, on a quarterly basis, to reflect market updates of policyholder account value and the Company’s current best estimate assumptions. Modifications to the Company’s hedging programs may impact EGPs, and correspondingly impact DAC recoverability. After each quarterly Unlock, the Company also tests the aggregate recoverability of DAC by comparing the DAC balance to the present value of future EGPs. The margin between the DAC balance and the present value of future EGPs for U.S. and Japan individual variable annuities was 29% and 36% as of March 31, 2011, respectively. If the margin between the DAC asset and the present value of future EGPs is exhausted, then further reductions in EGPs would cause portions of DAC to be unrecoverable and the DAC asset would be written down to equal future EGPs.

Goodwill Impairment

The Company completed its annual goodwill assessment for the individual reporting units within Wealth Management and Corporate and Other, except for the Federal Trust Corporation (“FTC”) reporting unit, as of January 1, 2011, which resulted in no write-downs of goodwill in 2011. The reporting units passed the first step of their annual impairment tests with a significant margin with the exception of the Individual Life reporting unit within Life Insurance. The Individual Life reporting unit has a goodwill balance of $342 and had a margin of less than 10%.

The fair value of the Individual Life reporting unit within Life Insurance is based on discounted cash flows using earnings projections on in force business and future business growth. There could be a positive or negative impact on the result of step one in future periods if actual earnings or business growth assumptions emerge differently than those used in determining fair value for the first step of the annual goodwill impairment test.

The Company expects to complete the annual impairment test for FTC in the second quarter of 2011 and the reporting units within Property & Casualty Commercial and Consumer Markets in the fourth quarter of 2011.

61

THE HARTFORD’S OPERATIONS OVERVIEW

The Hartford is a holding company for insurance and financial services subsidiaries that provide investment products and life and property and casualty insurance to both individual and business customers in the United States. Also, The Hartford continues to administer business previously sold in Japan and the U.K.

The Company conducts business in three customer focused divisions, Commercial Markets, Consumer Markets and Wealth Management, each containing reporting segments. The Commercial Markets division consists of the reporting segments of Property & Casualty Commercial and Group Benefits. The Consumer Markets division is also the reporting segment. The Wealth Management division consists of the following reporting segments: Global Annuity, Life Insurance, Retirement Plans and Mutual Funds. For additional discussion regarding The Hartford’s reporting segments, see Note 3 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND RATIOS

The Company considers several measures and ratios to be the key performance indicators for its businesses. The following discussions include the more significant ratios and measures of profitability for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010. Management believes that these ratios and measures are useful in understanding the underlying trends in The Hartford’s businesses. However, these key performance indicators should only be used in conjunction with, and not in lieu of, the results presented in the segment discussions that follow in this MD&A. These ratios and measures may not be comparable to other performance measures used by the Company’s competitors.

Definitions of Non-GAAP and other measures and ratios

Account Value

Account value includes policyholders’ balances for investment contracts and reserves for future policy benefits for insurance contracts. Account value is a measure used by the Company because a significant portion of the Company’s fee income is based upon the level of account value. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in the amount of account value whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows.

After-tax Margin

After-tax margin, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock, is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, certain of the segment’s operating performance. After-tax margin is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Hartford believes that the measure after-tax margin, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of certain of the Company’s on-going businesses because it reveals trends in those businesses that may be obscured by the effect of realized gains (losses) or quarterly Unlocks. Some realized capital gains and losses are primarily driven by investment decisions and external economic developments, the nature and timing of which are unrelated to insurance aspects of our businesses. Accordingly, this non-GAAP measure excludes the effect of all realized gains and losses that tend to be highly variable from period to period based on capital market conditions. The Hartford believes, however, that some realized capital gains and losses are integrally related to our insurance operations, so after-tax margin, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock should include net realized gains and losses on net periodic settlements on credit derivatives. These net realized gains and losses are directly related to an offsetting item included in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations such as net investment income. Unlocks occur when the Company determines based on actual experience or other evidence, that estimates of future gross profits should be revised. The Unlock is a reflection of the Company’s new best estimates of future gross profits. The result of the Unlock and its impact distort the trend of after-tax margin. After-tax margin, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock, should not be considered as a substitute for after-tax margin and does not reflect the overall profitability of our businesses. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both after-tax margin, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock, and after-tax margin when reviewing the Company’s performance. After-tax margin is calculated by dividing the earnings measures described above by Total Revenues adjusted for the measures described above. For additional information regarding the Unlock, see Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

Assets Under Management

Assets under management (“AUM”) include account values and mutual fund assets. AUM is a measure used by the Company because a significant portion of the Company’s revenues are based upon asset values. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in the amount of account value whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows.

Catastrophe ratio

The catastrophe ratio (a component of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio) represents the ratio of catastrophe losses incurred in the current calendar year (net of reinsurance) to earned premiums and includes catastrophe losses incurred for both the current and prior accident years. A catastrophe is an event that causes $25 or more in industry insured property losses and affects a significant number of property and casualty policyholders and insurers. The catastrophe ratio includes the effect of catastrophe losses, but does not include the effect of reinstatement premiums.

62

Combined ratio

The combined ratio is the sum of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio, the expense ratio and the policyholder dividend ratio. This ratio is a relative measurement that describes the related cost of losses and expenses for every $100 of earned premiums. A combined ratio below 100.0 demonstrates underwriting profit; a combined ratio above 100.0 demonstrates underwriting losses.

Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development

The combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development represents the combined ratio for the current accident year, excluding the impact of catastrophes. The Company believes this ratio is an important measure of the trend in profitability since it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year reserve development.

DAC amortization ratio

DAC amortization ratio, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock, is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, certain of the segment’s operating performance. DAC amortization ratio is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Hartford believes that the measure DAC amortization ratio, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of certain of the Company’s on-going businesses because it reveals trends in our businesses that may be obscured by the effect of realized gains (losses) or quarterly Unlocks. Some realized capital gains and losses are primarily driven by investment decisions and external economic developments, the nature and timing of which are unrelated to insurance aspects of our businesses. Accordingly, this non-GAAP measure excludes the effect of all realized gains and losses that tend to be highly variable from period to period based on capital market conditions. The Hartford believes, however, that some realized capital gains and losses are integrally related to our insurance operations, so DAC amortization ratio, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock should include net realized gains and losses on net periodic settlements on the Japan fixed annuity cross-currency swap. These net realized gains and losses are directly related to an offsetting item included in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations such as net investment income. Unlocks occur when the Company determines based on actual experience or other evidence, that estimates of future gross profits should be revised. The Unlock is a reflection of the Company’s new best estimates of future gross profits. The result of the Unlock and its impact distort the trend of DAC amortization ratio. DAC amortization ratio, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock, should not be considered as a substitute for DAC amortization ratio and does not reflect the overall profitability of our businesses. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both DAC amortization ratio, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock, and DAC amortization ratio when reviewing the Company’s performance. DAC amortization ratio is calculated by dividing DAC amortization costs adjusted for the measures described above by pre-tax income before DAC amortization costs adjusted for the measures described above. For additional information regarding the Unlock, see Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

Mutual Fund Assets

Mutual fund assets include retail, investment-only and college savings plan assets under Section 529 of the Code, collectively referred to as non-proprietary, and proprietary mutual funds. Non-proprietary mutual fund assets are owned by the shareholders of those funds and not by the Company. Proprietary mutual funds include mutual funds sponsored by the Company which are owned by the separate accounts of the Company to support insurance and investment products sold by the Company. The non-proprietary mutual fund assets are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Mutual fund assets are a measure used by the Company because a significant portion of the Company’s revenues are based upon asset values. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in the amount of account value whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows

Net Investment Spread

Management evaluates performance of certain products based on net investment spread. These products include those that have insignificant mortality risk, such as fixed annuities, certain general account universal life contracts and certain institutional contracts. Net investment spread is determined by taking the difference between the earned rate, (excluding the effects of realized capital gains and losses, including those related to the Company’s GMWB product and related reinsurance and hedging programs), and the related crediting rates on average general account assets under management. Some realized capital gains and losses are primarily driven by investment decisions and external economic developments, the nature and timing of which are unrelated to insurance aspects of our businesses. Accordingly, this non-GAAP measure excludes the effect of all realized gains and losses that tend to be highly variable from period to period based on capital market conditions. The Hartford believes, however, that some realized capital gains and losses are integrally related to our insurance operations and they are included in the net investment spread calculation. The net investment spreads are for the total portfolio of relevant contracts in each segment and reflect business written at different times. When pricing products, the Company considers current investment yields and not the portfolio average. The determination of credited rates is based upon consideration of current market rates for similar products, portfolio yields and contractually guaranteed minimum credited rates. Net investment spread can be volatile period over period, which can have a significant positive or negative effect on the operating results of each segment. The volatile nature of net investment spread is driven primarily by earnings on limited partnership and other alternative investments and prepayment premiums on securities. Investment earnings can also be influenced by factors such as changes in interest rates, credit spreads and decisions to hold higher levels of short-term investments.

63

Return on Assets (“ROA”)

ROA, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock, is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, certain of the segment’s operating performance. ROA is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Hartford believes that the measure ROA, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock, provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of certain of the Company’s on-going businesses because it reveals trends in our businesses that may be obscured by the effect of realized gains (losses) or quarterly Unlocks. Some realized capital gains and losses are primarily driven by investment decisions and external economic developments, the nature and timing of which are unrelated to insurance aspects of our businesses. Accordingly, this non-GAAP measure excludes the effect of all realized gains and losses that tend to be highly variable from period to period based on capital market conditions. The Hartford believes, however, that some realized capital gains and losses are integrally related to our insurance operations, so ROA, excluding the realized gains (losses) and Unlock, should include net realized gains and losses on net periodic settlements on the Japan fixed annuity cross-currency swap. These net realized gains and losses are directly related to an offsetting item included in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations, such as net investment income. Unlocks occur when the Company determines based on actual experience or other evidence, that estimates of future gross profits should be revised. The Unlock is a reflection of the Company’s new best estimates of future gross profits. The result of the Unlock and its impact distort the trend of ROA. ROA, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock, should not be considered as a substitute for ROA and does not reflect the overall profitability of our businesses. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both ROA, excluding realized gains (losses) and Unlock, and ROA when reviewing the Company’s performance. ROA is calculated by dividing the earnings measures from continuing operations as described above by a two-point average AUM from continuing operations.

Underwriting results

Underwriting results is a before-tax measure that represents earned premiums less incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses, underwriting expenses and policyholder dividends. The Hartford believes that underwriting results provides investors with a valuable measure of before-tax profitability derived from underwriting activities, which are managed separately from the Company’s investing activities. The underwriting segments of Property & Casualty Commercial and Consumer Markets are evaluated by management primarily based upon underwriting results. A reconciliation of underwriting results to net income for Property & Casualty Commercial and Consumer Markets is set forth in their respective discussions herein.

Written and earned premiums

Written premium is a statutory accounting financial measure which represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issued, net of reinsurance, during a fiscal period. Earned premium is a U.S. GAAP and statutory measure. Premiums are considered earned and are included in the financial results on a pro rata basis over the policy period. Management believes that written premium is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it reflects current trends in the Company’s sale of property and casualty insurance products. Written and earned premium are recorded net of ceded reinsurance premium.

64

Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development

Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development is a key indicator of overall profitability for the property and casualty underwriting segments of Property & Casualty Commercial and Consumer Markets since it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year reserve development.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011			2010
Property & Casualty Commercial
Combined ratio		97.5			89.6
Catastrophe ratio		2.7			2.4
Non-catastrophe prior year development		(0.1	)		(5.5	)
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development		94.9			92.7
Consumer Markets
Combined ratio		87.0			94.6
Catastrophe ratio		5.4			4.0
Non-catastrophe prior year development		(7.1	)		(0.6	)
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development		88.7			91.1

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

• Property & Casualty Commercial’s combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development increased primarily due to an increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and an increase in the policyholder dividend ratio. The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes increased, primarily due to higher emerged frequency in property, as well as, increased ratios in specialty casualty and professional liability, partially offset by favorable emerged severity in package business.

• Consumer Markets combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development decreased primarily due to a lower ratio of current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes for auto driven by earned pricing increases and lower estimated average severity on auto liability claims, partially offset by the effect of higher auto physical damage emerged frequency.

65

Return on Assets

Return on assets is a key indicator of overall profitability for the Global Annuity, Retirement Plans and Mutual Funds reporting segments as a significant portion of their earnings is based on average assets under management

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Ratios	2011	2010
Global Annuity
ROA	13.2 bps	20.4 bps
Effect of net realized losses, net of tax and DAC on ROA	(46.9) bps	(33.0) bps
Effect of Unlock on ROA	15.6 bps	20.2 bps
ROA, excluding realized losses and Unlock	44.5 bps	33.2 bps
Retirement Plans
ROA	11.1 bps	(5.3) bps
Effect of net realized losses, net of tax and DAC on ROA	(4.5) bps	(15.0) bps
Effect of Unlock on ROA	3.0 bps	0.9 bps
ROA, excluding realized losses and Unlock	12.6 bps	8.8 bps
Mutual Funds
ROA	11.0 bps	10.9 bps
Effect of discontinued operations on ROA	— bps	(0.4) bps
Effect of net realized gains, net of tax and DAC on ROA	0.4 bps	— bps
ROA, excluding realized gains and discontinued operations	10.6 bps	11.3 bps

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

• Global Annuity’s ROA, excluding realized losses and Unlock, increased primarily due to improved net investment income on limited partnerships and other alternative investments.

• Retirement Plans’ ROA, excluding realized losses and Unlock, increased primarily due to improved performance on limited partnerships and other alternative investments in 2011, and was driven by improvement in the equity markets, which led to increased fee income from higher account values.

• Mutual Funds’ ROA, excluding realized gains and discontinued operations, decrease was primarily driven by a business mix shift, related to sales of funds that have lower management fees or fee waivers, further offset by higher commission expenses as a result of higher sales.

66

After-tax margin

After-tax margin is a key indicator of overall profitability for the Life Insurance and Group Benefits reporting segments as a significant portion of their earnings are a result of the net margin from losses incurred on earned premiums, fees and other considerations.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011			2010
Life Insurance
After-tax margin		9.6	%		6.8	%
Effect of net realized losses, net of tax and DAC		(3.8	%)		(5.8	%)
Effect of Unlock		(0.5	%)		(0.4	%)
After-tax margin, excluding realized losses and Unlock		13.9	%		13.0	%
Group Benefits
After-tax margin (excluding buyouts)		1.0	%		4.3	%
Effect of net realized gains (losses), net of tax		(0.7	%)		—
After-tax margin (excluding buyouts), excluding realized gains (losses)		1.7	%		4.3	%

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

• The increase in Life Insurance’s after-tax margin, excluding realized losses and Unlock, was primarily due to improved earnings on a higher average invested asset base and favorable partnership income, partially offset by lower portfolio yields on fixed maturity investments and unfavorable mortality.

• The decrease in Group Benefits’ after-tax margin (excluding buyouts), excluding realized gains (losses), was primarily due to higher losses in disability reflecting elevated incidence and lower terminations.

67

Investment Results

Composition of Invested Assets

	March 31, 2011					December 31, 2010
	Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent
Fixed maturities, AFS, at fair value	$	78,268		80.4	%	$	77,820		79.2	%
Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option		1,230		1.3	%		649		0.7	%
Equity securities, AFS, at fair value		993		1.0	%		973		1.0	%
Mortgage loans		4,736		4.9	%		4,489		4.6	%
Policy loans, at outstanding balance		2,181		2.2	%		2,181		2.2	%
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments		1,972		2.0	%		1,918		2.0	%
Other investments [1]		640		0.7	%		1,617		1.6	%
Short-term investments		7,330		7.5	%		8,528		8.7	%
Total investments excluding equity securities, trading		97,350		100.0	%		98,175		100.0	%
Equity securities, trading, at fair value [2] [3]		32,339					32,820
Total investments	$	129,689				$	130,995

[1]	Primarily relates to derivative instruments.
[2]	These assets primarily support the Global Annuity-International variable annuity business. Changes in these balances are also reflected in the respective liabilities.
[3]	As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, approximately $30.1 billion and $30.5 billion, respectively, of equity securities, trading, support Japan variable annuities. Those equity securities, trading, were invested in mutual funds, which, in turn, invested in the following asset classes; Japan equity 21%, Japan fixed income (primarily government securities) 15%, global equity 21%, global government bonds 42%, and cash and other 1% for both periods presented.

Total investments declined since December 31, 2010 primarily due to decreases in short-term and other investments, partially offset by increases in fixed maturities at fair value using the fair value option (“FVO”), fixed maturities, AFS, and mortgage loans. The decline in short-term investments was attributed to a decrease in derivative collateral received, as well as increased allocations to fixed maturities, FVO, and fixed maturities, AFS. The decline in other investments primarily relates to decreases in value of derivatives. The increase in fixed maturities, FVO, relates to purchases of foreign government securities to support yen-based fixed annuity liabilities. The increase in fixed maturities, AFS, was largely the result of improved security valuations as a result of credit spread tightening, partially offset by rising interest rates. The increase in mortgage loans related to the funding of commercial whole loans.

Net Investment Income (Loss)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011						2010
(Before-tax)	Amount			Yield [1]			Amount			Yield [1]
Fixed maturities [2]	$	846			4.2	%	$	874			4.4	%
Equity securities, AFS		11			4.4	%		14			4.3	%
Mortgage loans		71			6.1	%		71			5.1	%
Policy loans		33			6.0	%		33			6.1	%
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments		100			21.0	%		6			1.4	%
Other [3]		81						84
Investment expense		(26	)					(23	)
Total securities AFS and other		1,116			4.6	%		1,059			4.3	%
Equity securities, trading		803						701
Total net investment income	$	1,919					$	1,760
Total securities, AFS and other excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments	$	1,016			4.3	%	$	1,053			4.4	%

[1]	Yields calculated using annualized investment income before investment expenses divided by the monthly average invested assets at cost, amortized cost, or adjusted carrying value, as applicable, excluding consolidated variable interest entity noncontrolling interests. Included in the fixed maturity yield is Other, which primarily relates to derivatives (see footnote [3] below). Included in the total net investment income yield is investment expense.
[2]	Includes net investment income on short-term investments.
[3]	Includes income from derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting and hedge fixed maturities.

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

Total net investment income increased largely due to increases in equity securities, trading, resulting from improved market performance of the underlying investment funds supporting the Japanese variable annuity product. Total net investment income, excluding equity securities, trading, increased due to improved performance of limited partnerships and other alternative investments. The improvement was driven by private equity and real estate funds due to improved valuations as a result of a strengthening economy. This increase was partially offset by lower income on fixed maturities resulting from the proceeds from sales of riskier exposures being reinvested at lower rates. Based on the current interest rate and credit environment, the Company expects the new investment purchase yield to meet or exceed the yield of those securities maturing in 2011. Therefore, the Company expects the 2011 portfolio yield, excluding limited partnership investments, to begin to modestly improve.

68

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Before-tax)	2011			2010
Gross gains on sales	$	61		$	132
Gross losses on sales		(133	)		(111	)
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings		(55	)		(152	)
Valuation allowances on mortgage loans		(3	)		(112	)
Japanese fixed annuity contract hedges, net [1]		(17	)		(16	)
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives/Japan		(7	)		(7	)
Results of variable annuity hedge program
GMWB derivatives, net		71			129
Macro hedge program		(357	)		(164	)
Total results of variable annuity hedge program		(286	)		(35	)
Other, net		37			27
Net realized capital losses, before-tax	$	(403	)	$	(274	)

[1] Relates to derivative hedging instruments, excluding periodic net coupon settlements, and is net of the Japanese fixed annuity product liability adjustment for changes in the dollar/yen exchange spot rate, as well as Japan FVO securities.

Details on the Company’s net realized capital gains and losses are as follows:

Gross gains and losses on sales	•     Net losses on sales for the three months ended March 31, 2011 were predominately from sales of U.S. Treasuries as the Company continues to reinvest in spread product.
	•     Gross gains and losses on sales for the three months ended March 31, 2010 were predominantly from real estate related and subordinated financial investments due to efforts to reduce portfolio risk. In addition, gross losses included U.S. Treasuries in order to manage duration.
Net OTTI losses	•     For further information, see Other-Than-Temporary Impairments within the Investment Credit Risk section of the MD&A.
Valuation allowances on mortgage loans	•     For further information, see Valuation Allowances on Mortgage Loans within the Investment Credit Risk section of the MD&A.
Variable annuity hedge program	•     The gain on GMWB related derivatives, net, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 was primarily due to lower implied market volatility of $39, and a general increase in long-term rates of $24. The net loss on the macro hedge program was primarily the result of weakening of the Japanese yen, higher equity market valuation and lower implied market volatility.
	•     The gain on GMWB derivatives, net, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was primarily due to gains on lower implied market volatility of $114 and the relative outperformance of the underlying actively managed funds as compared to their respective indices of $27, partially offset by losses of $36 due to trading costs given actual volatility in equity markets. The net loss on the macro hedge program was primarily the result of higher equity market valuation, lower implied market volatility, and time decay.
Other, net	•     Other, net gain for the three months ended March 31, 2011 was primarily due to gains of $61 on transactional foreign currency re-valuation due to a decrease in value of the Japanese yen versus the U.S. dollar associated with the internal reinsurance of the Japan variable annuity business, which is offset in AOCI and gains of $55 on credit derivatives driven by credit spread tightening. These gains were partially offset by losses of $(62) related to Japan variable annuity hedges due to the weakening of the Japanese yen.
	•     Other, net gains for the three months ended March 31, 2010 primarily resulted from gains of $33 on credit derivatives that assume credit risk due to credit spread tightening, $15 on credit derivatives that purchase credit protection due to credit spreads widening on certain specific referenced corporate entities, and $13 on the Japan variable annuity hedge due to the strengthening of the yen as compared to the euro. The gains were partially offset by losses of $49 on Japan 3Win related foreign currency swaps primarily driven by a decrease in U.S. interest rates.

69

PROPERTY & CASUALTY COMMERCIAL

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Underwriting Summary	2011			2010			Change
Written premiums	$	1,645		$	1,512			9	%
Change in unearned premium reserve		147			88			67	%
Earned premiums		1,498			1,424			5	%
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes		962			891			8	%
Current accident year catastrophes		46			38			21	%
Prior accident years		(6	)		(82	)		93	%
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses		1,002			847			18	%
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs		336			340			(1	%)
Insurance operating costs and expenses		123			88			40	%
Underwriting results		37			149			(75	%)
Net investment income		242			222			9	%
Net realized capital losses		(23	)		(29	)		21	%
Other expenses		(40	)		(35	)		(14	%)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		216			307			(30	%)
Income tax expense		49			102			(52	%)
Income from continuing operations, net of tax		167			205			(19	%)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax [1]		160			1		NM
Net income	$	327		$	206			59	%

[1] Represents the income from operations and sale of Specialty Risk Services (“SRS”). For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Premium Measures	2011			2010
New business premium	$	303		$	297
Standard commercial lines policy count retention		83	%		85	%
Standard commercial lines renewal written pricing increase		3	%		1	%
Standard commercial lines renewal earned pricing increase (decrease)		1	%		(1	%)
Standard commercial lines policies in-force as of end of period		1,229,758			1,174,369

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Ratios	2011			2010			Change
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
Current accident year before catastrophes		64.3			62.6			(1.7	)
Current accident year catastrophes		3.0			2.7			(0.3	)
Prior accident years		(0.4	)		(5.8	)		(5.4	)
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio		66.9			59.5			(7.4	)
Expense ratio		30.4			30.6			0.2
Policyholder dividend ratio		0.3			(0.6	)		(0.9	)
Combined ratio		97.5			89.6			(7.9	)
Catastrophe ratio
Current accident year		3.0			2.7			(0.3	)
Prior accident years		(0.3	)		(0.3	)		—
Total catastrophe ratio		2.7			2.4			(0.3	)
Combined ratio before catastrophes		94.8			87.2			(7.6	)
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development		94.9			92.7			(2.2	)
Other revenues [1]	$	23		$	21			10	%

[1] Represents servicing revenues.

70

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

Net income increased, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to the net realized capital gain on the sale of SRS. Income from continuing operations, net of tax, decreased due to lower underwriting results driven primarily by increases in total losses and loss adjustment expenses, partially offset by an increase in earned premiums.

The increase in earned premiums for the three months ended March 31, 2011, is due to improvements in workers’ compensation, driven by higher new business premium, renewal earned pricing increases and an increase in policies-in-force. The new business premium increase in workers’ compensation was partially offset by declines in package business and professional liability. In addition to workers’ compensation, renewal earned pricing also increased for package business, and was partially offset by a decrease in general liability. The earned pricing changes were primarily a reflection of written pricing changes over the last year. Renewal written pricing increased for nearly all standard commercial lines driven by improving market conditions.

Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes increased, due primarily to the increase in earned premiums, as well as, an increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes. The ratio increased, due to higher emerged frequency in property, partially offset by favorable emerged severity in package business. In addition, the ratio increased in specialty casualty and professional liability.

Current accident year catastrophe losses were higher in the three months ended March 31, 2011 than in the comparable 2010 period. Catastrophe losses in 2011 were primarily incurred from winter storms in the Northeast and Midwest. Losses in 2010 were due to winter storms on the East Coast and from wind and rain storms in the Northeast, California, and Arizona.

Overall prior accident year reserve development for the three months ended March 31, 2011 is favorable, with modest variation across multiple lines of business. Prior accident year reserve development for the three months ended March 31, 2010 included releases in professional liability, general liability, package business and commercial property. For a discussion on prior accident year reserve development, see the Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance section within Critical Accounting Estimates.

Insurance operating costs and expenses increased, driven by an increase in the estimated amount of dividends payable to certain workers’ compensation policyholders, as well as higher technology costs.

Net investment income increased, as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by improved performance of limited partnerships and other alternative investments. For additional information, see the Investment Results section within Key Performance Measures and Ratios.

The effective tax rate, in both periods, differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate primarily due to permanent differences related to investments in tax exempt securities. For further discussion, see Income Taxes within Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

71

GROUP BENEFITS

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Operating Summary	2011			2010			Change
Premiums and other considerations	$	1,044		$	1,102			(5	%)
Net investment income		104			107			(3	%)
Net realized capital gains (losses)		(14	)		9		NM
Total revenues		1,134			1,218			(7	%)
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		828			843			(2	%)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs		14			16			(13	%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		286			283			1	%
Total benefits, losses and expenses		1,128			1,142			(1	%)
Income before income taxes		6			76			(92	%)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(5	)		25		NM
Net income	$	11		$	51			(78	%)
Premiums and other considerations
Fully insured — ongoing premiums	$	1,028		$	1,052
Buyout premiums		—			37
Other		16			13
Total premiums and other considerations	$	1,044		$	1,102
Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts	$	244		$	296
Ratios, excluding buyouts
Loss ratio		79.3	%		75.7	%
Loss ratio, excluding financial institutions		84.4	%		81.2	%
Expense ratio		28.7	%		28.1	%
Expense ratio, excluding financial institutions		23.6	%		23.1	%

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

Net income decreased as compared to prior year, primarily due to net realized capital losses and decreases in premiums and other considerations. Premiums and other considerations decreased due to a 2% decline in fully insured ongoing premiums which was driven by lower sales over the past year and the pace of the economic recovery. The loss ratio, excluding buyouts, increased compared to the prior year, reflecting higher disability incidence and lower claim terminations.

The effective tax rate, in both periods, differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate primarily due to permanent differences related to investments in tax exempt securities. For further discussion, see Income Taxes within Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

72

CONSUMER MARKETS

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Operating Summary	2011			2010			Change
Written premiums	$	884		$	943			(6	%)
Change in unearned premium reserve		(72	)		(53	)		(36	%)
Earned premiums		956			996			(4	%)
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes		616			667			(8	%)
Current accident year catastrophes		32			41			(22	%)
Prior accident years		(49	)		(7	)	NM
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses		599			701			(15	%)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs		161			168			(4	%)
Insurance operating costs and expenses		72			73			(1	%)
Underwriting results		124			54			130	%
Net servicing income		6			9			(33	%)
Net investment income		50			44			14	%
Net realized capital losses		(4	)		(5	)		20	%
Other expenses		(14	)		(17	)		18	%
Income before income taxes		162			85			91	%
Income tax expense		52			29			79	%
Net income	$	110		$	56			96	%

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Written Premiums	2011		2010		Change
Product Line
Automobile	$	641	$	696		(8	%)
Homeowners		243		247		(2	%)
Total	$	884	$	943		(6	%)
Earned Premiums
Product Line
Automobile	$	672	$	713		(6	%)
Homeowners		284		283		—
Total	$	956	$	996		(4	%)

73

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Premium Measures	2011			2010
Policies in-force end of period
Automobile		2,178,719			2,376,660
Homeowners		1,402,264			1,487,782
Total policies in-force end of period		3,580,983			3,864,442
New business written premium
Automobile	$	66		$	93
Homeowners	$	19		$	30
Policy count retention
Automobile		82	%		84	%
Homeowners		83	%		85	%
Renewal written pricing increase
Automobile		7	%		5	%
Homeowners		9	%		9	%
Renewal earned pricing increase
Automobile		7	%		4	%
Homeowners		10	%		6	%

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Ratios and Supplemental Data	2011			2010			Change
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
Current accident year before catastrophes		64.3			66.9			2.6
Current accident year catastrophes		3.4			4.2			0.8
Prior accident years		(5.1	)		(0.8	)		4.3
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio		62.6			70.4			7.8
Expense ratio		24.4			24.2			(0.2	)
Combined ratio		87.0			94.6			7.6
Catastrophe ratio
Current year		3.4			4.2			0.8
Prior years		2.0			(0.1	)		(2.1	)
Total catastrophe ratio		5.4			4.0			(1.4	)
Combined ratio before catastrophes		81.6			90.5			8.9
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident years development		88.7			91.1			2.4
Other revenues [1]	$	40		$	43			(7	%)

[1] Represents servicing revenues.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Product Line Combined Ratios	2011		2010		Change
Automobile		85.7		93.7		8.0
Homeowners		89.2		96.8		7.6
Total		87.0		94.6		7.6

74

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

Net income increased, as compared to the prior year, driven by an increase in underwriting results. The primary causes of the increase in underwriting results were lower current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses and more favorable prior accident year reserve development, partially offset by lower earned premiums.

Earned premiums decreased in auto and remained flat for homeowners. Auto earned premiums were down reflecting a decrease in new business written premium and policy count retention, partially offset by an increase in average renewal earned premium per policy. Homeowners earned premiums were flat primarily due to renewal earned pricing increases, offset by decreases in new business written premium and policy count retention.

Auto and home new business written premium decreased primarily due to the effect of written pricing increases and underwriting actions that lowered the policy issue rate.

The higher auto renewal earned pricing in the three months ended March 31, 2011 was due to rate increases and the effect of policyholders purchasing newer vehicle models in place of older models. Average renewal earned premium per policy for auto increased in the first quarter of 2011 due to renewal earned pricing increases which were partially offset by the effect of a continued shift to more preferred market business which has lower average earned premium. Homeowners renewal earned pricing increases were due to rate increases and increased coverage amounts reflecting higher rebuilding costs. For both auto and home, the Company has increased rates in certain states for certain classes of business to maintain profitability in the face of rising loss costs.

Policy count retention for auto and home decreased primarily driven by the effect of renewal written pricing increases and underwriting actions to improve profitability. Compared to 2010, the number of policies in-force as of March 31, 2011 decreased for both auto and home, driven by the decreases in policy retention and new business.

Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased primarily due to lower earned premium and a decrease in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes for auto of 3.6 points, while the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes for home increased 0.4 points. The decrease for auto was primarily due to earned pricing increases and lower estimated average severity on auto liability claims, partially offset by the effect of higher auto physical damage emerged frequency. The increase for home was primarily due to an increase in the frequency of non-catastrophe weather claims, largely offset by the effect of earned pricing increases.

Current accident year catastrophe losses were lower in the three months ended March 31, 2011 than in the comparable 2010 period. Catastrophe losses in 2011 were primarily incurred from winter storms in the Northeast and Midwest. Losses in 2010 were due to winter storms on the East Coast and from wind and rain storms in the Northeast, California, and Arizona.

Net favorable reserve development was higher for the three months ended March 31, 2011 due primarily to more favorable development of auto liability reserves. For additional information on prior accident year reserve development, see the Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance section within Critical Accounting Estimates.

The effective tax rate, in both periods, differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate primarily due to permanent differences related to investments in tax exempt securities. For further discussion, see Income Taxes within Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

75

GLOBAL ANNUITY

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Operating Summary	2011			2010			Change
Fee income and other	$	591		$	588			1	%
Earned premiums		59			37			59	%
Net investment income:
Securities available-for sale and other		417			404			3	%
Equity securities, trading [1]		803			701			15	%
Total net investment income		1,220			1,105			10	%
Net realized capital losses		(309	)		(196	)		(58	%)
Total revenues		1,561			1,534			2	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		436			460			(5	%)
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses — returns credited on international variable annuities [1]		803			701			15	%
Amortization of DAC		101			58			74	%
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		196			185			6	%
Total benefits, losses and expenses		1,536			1,404			9	%
Income before income taxes		25			130			(81	%)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(25	)		50		NM
Net income	$	50		$	80			(38	%)
Assets Under Management
Variable annuity account values	$	116,004		$	118,405
Fixed MVA annuity and other account values [2]		16,599			17,117
Institutional investment products account values		17,889			21,060
Total assets under management	$	150,492		$	156,582
Account Value Roll Forward
Variable Annuities
Account value, beginning of period	$	116,520		$	119,387
Transfers affecting beginning of period [3]		—			(1,355	)
Account Value, beginning of period, as adjusted		116,520			118,032
Net flows		(3,655	)		(2,844	)
Change in market value and other		3,753			3,479
Effect of currency translation		(614	)		(262	)
Account value, end of period	$	116,004		$	118,405
Net Investment Spread	40		bps	(7		) bps
Expense Ratios
General insurance expense ratio	5.7		bps	5.0		bps
DAC amortization ratio		80.2	%		30.9	%
DAC amortization ratio, excluding realized losses and Unlocks		45.0	%		55.6	%

[1]	Includes investment income and mark-to-market effects of equity securities, trading, supporting the international variable annuity business, which are classified in net investment income with corresponding amounts credited to policyholders within benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
[2]	Fixed MVA annuity and other account values includes approximately $1.8 billion related to the triggering of the guaranteed minimum income benefit for the 3Win product as of March 31, 2011 and 2010. This account value is not expected to generate material future profit or loss to the Company.
[3]	Canadian mutual funds were transferred from Global Annuity to Mutual Funds effective January 1, 2010.

76

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

Global Annuity’s net income declined in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to higher net realized capital losses primarily related to hedging, as well as a smaller Unlock benefit in 2011 as compared to 2010. Increases in earned premiums and net investment income partially offset these declines.

The Unlock benefit was $59, after-tax, in 2011 as compared to an Unlock benefit of $81, after-tax, in 2010. The benefit in both 2011 and 2010 was primarily due to equity market improvements that were greater than expectations. The Unlock resulted in decreases to both benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses and amortization of DAC. For further discussion of the Unlock see the Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

The higher net realized capital losses in 2011 were primarily due to losses on the variable annuity hedging program partially offset by lower impairment losses in 2011. The variable annuity hedging program losses were $286 in 2011 compared with $35 in 2010. For further discussion on the results of the variable annuity hedging program see Investment Results, Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) within Key Performance Measures and Ratios of the MD&A.

Net investment income on securities available-for-sale and other increased in 2011 as compared to 2010 primarily as a result of improved returns on limited partnership and other alternative investments.

The increase in net investment spread is attributable to higher earned rates driven by a variety of factors, including improved performance on partnerships and other alternative investments in 2011, which added 32 bps of return; along with lower interest credited driven by outflows of business with higher crediting rates of 26 bps, partially offset by lower returns on fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans of 3bps and 11 bps, respectively.

The DAC amortization ratio, excluding net realized capital losses and Unlocks, improved due to rising gross profits driven by equity market appreciation, and improved returns from limited partnerships and other alternative investments.

Global Annuity’s effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differences for the separate account DRD on U.S. annuity products, as well as varying tax rates by country. Income taxes include separate account DRD benefits of $28 in 2011 compared to $30 in 2010. For further discussion, see Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

77

LIFE INSURANCE

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Operating Summary	2011			2010			Change
Fee income and other	$	277		$	282			(2	%)
Earned premiums		(24	)		(22	)		(9	%)
Net investment income		142			124			15	%
Net realized capital losses		(31	)		(29	)		(7	%)
Total revenues		364			355			3	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		236			217			9	%
Amortization of DAC		31			48			(35	%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		52			53			(2	%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses		319			318			—
Income before income taxes		45			37			22	%
Income tax expense		10			13			(23	%)
Net income	$	35		$	24			46	%
Account Values
Individual variable universal life insurance	$	6,235		$	5,900
Universal life, interest sensitive whole life, modified guaranteed life insurance and other		6,235			5,781
PPLI		36,424			35,241
Total account values	$	48,894		$	46,922
Individual Life Insurance In-Force
Variable universal life insurance	$	72,946		$	77,592
Universal life insurance, interest sensitive whole life, modified guaranteed life insurance		59,613			55,806
Term life		77,138			71,078
Total individual life insurance in-force	$	209,697		$	204,476
Individual Life Net Investment Spread	162		bps	125		bps
Death Benefits	$	129		$	114

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

Net income increased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to increased improvements in net investment income driven by strong partnership earnings. In addition, Life Insurance’s net income increased due to improvements in the segment’s individual life business which was partially offset by increased benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses, due to unfavorable mortality in 2011.

The Unlock charge was $1, after-tax, in 2011 as compared to an Unlock benefit of $3, after-tax, in 2010. The charge in 2011 was primarily due to equity market improvements that were below expectations. The Unlock primarily resulted in an increase to amortization of DAC offset by a decrease in income tax expense. For further discussion of the Unlock see the Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

Life Insurance’s individual life business benefited from improvements in net investment income primarily related to improved earnings on a higher average invested asset base and favorable partnership income in 2011 compared to 2010, partially offset by lower portfolio yields on fixed maturity investments. Net investment spread for individual life’s variable universal life and universal life products improved primarily due to the improved performance of limited partnerships and other alternative investments for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Life Insurance’s effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differences for the separate account DRD. Income taxes include separate account DRD benefits of $4 in 2011 compared to $5 in 2010. For further discussion, see Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

78

RETIREMENT PLANS

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Operating Summary	2011			2010			Change
Fee income and other	$	94		$	85			11	%
Earned premiums		3			2			50	%
Net investment income		99			81			22	%
Net realized capital losses		(9	)		(16	)		44	%
Total revenues		187			152			23	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		72			63			14	%
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		90			85			6	%
Amortization of DAC		9			5			80	%
Total benefits, losses and expenses		171			153			12	%
Income (loss) before income taxes		16			(1	)	NM
Income tax expense		1			5			(80	%)
Net income (loss)	$	15		$	(6	)	NM
Assets Under Management
401(k) account values	$	21,891		$	17,776
403(b)/457 account values		13,133			11,502
401(k)/403(b) mutual funds		20,324			17,186
Total assets under management	$	55,348		$	46,464
Assets Under Management Roll Forward
Assets under management, beginning of period	$	52,518		$	43,962
Transfers affecting the beginning of the period [1]		—			194
Assets under management, beginning of period, as adjusted		52,518			44,156
Net flows		662			695
Change in market value and other		2,168			1,613
Assets under management, end of period	$	55,348		$	46,464
Net Investment Spread	140		bps	61		bps

[1] Lifetime Income and Maturity Funding business of $194 was transferred from Global Annuity to Retirement Plans effective January 1, 2010.

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

Retirement Plans’ net income in 2011 compared to a net loss for the same period in 2010 was primarily due to significantly lower net realized capital losses, higher net investment income from improvements in equity returns, continued positive net flows, and market value appreciation in AUM which resulted in increased fee income and other. These improvements were slightly offset by an increase in DAC amortization.

Net investment income increased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to the improved performance of higher average general account invested assets and favorable partnership income compared to 2010. Net investment spread improved by 79 bps driven by partnership income of 21 bps and higher yields of 39 bps as well as lower crediting rates of 19 bps.

Net realized capital losses were lower in 2011 compared to 2010 due to lower losses from impairments compared to 2010.

Fee income and other increased primarily due to increases in asset based fees on higher average account values resulting from positive net flows and market value appreciation.

The Unlock benefit was $4, after-tax, in 2011 as compared to an Unlock benefit of $1, after-tax, in 2010. The benefit in both 2011 and 2010 was due to equity market improvements that were greater than expectations. The Unlock primarily resulted in a decrease to amortization of DAC offset by an increase in income tax expense. For further discussion of Unlocks see the Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

Retirement Plans’ effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differences for the separate account DRD. Income taxes include separate account DRD benefits of $5 in 2011 compared to $4 in 2010. For further discussion, see Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

79

MUTUAL FUNDS

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Operating Summary	2011			2010			Change
Fee income and other	$	178		$	167			7	%
Net investment loss		(1	)		(2	)		50	%
Net realized capital gains		1			1			—
Total revenues		178			166			7	%
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		123			112			10	%
Amortization of DAC		12			12			—
Total benefits, losses and expenses		135			124			9	%
Income from continuing operations, before income taxes		43			42			2	%
Income tax expense		15			15			—
Income from continuing operations		28			27			4	%
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax [1]		—			(1	)		100	%
Net income	$	28		$	26			8	%
Assets Under Management
Retail mutual fund assets	$	51,064		$	45,227
Investment Only mutual fund assets		7,298			5,245
529 College Savings Plan and Canadian mutual fund assets		1,583			2,827
Total non-proprietary and Canadian mutual fund assets		59,945			53,299
Proprietary mutual fund assets		44,044			44,403
Total mutual fund assets under management	$	103,989		$	97,702
Non-Proprietary and Canadian Mutual Fund AUM Roll Forward [2]
Non-Proprietary and Canadian Mutual Fund AUM, beginning of period	$	56,884		$	44,031
Transfers affecting the beginning of the period [3]		—			5,617
Non-Proprietary and Canadian Mutual Fund AUM, beginning of period, as adjusted		56,884			49,648
Net flows		994			1,466
Change in market value and other		2,067			2,185
Non-Proprietary and Canadian Mutual Fund AUM, end of period	$	59,945		$	53,299
Proprietary Mutual Fund AUM Roll Forward
Proprietary Mutual Fund AUM, beginning of period	$	43,602		$	—
Transfers affecting the beginning of the period [4]		—			43,890
Proprietary Mutual Fund AUM, beginning of period, as adjusted		43,602			43,890
Net flows		(1,507	)		(1,324	)
Change in market value		1,949			1,837
Proprietary Mutual Fund AUM, end of period	$	44,044		$	44,403

[1]	Represents the loss from operations of Hartford Investments Canada Corporation. (“HICC”). For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statement.
[2]	Canadian mutual funds representing approximately $1.8 billion in AUM were sold in December 2010, therefore are not included in the 2011 beginning balance.
[3]	In 2010, Investment Only and Canadian mutual fund assets were transferred to Mutual Funds from Global Annuity effective January 1, 2010.
[4]	Proprietary mutual fund assets under management are included in the Mutual Fund reporting segment effective January 1, 2010.

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to three months ended March 31, 2010

Net income increased slightly in 2011 compared to 2010. Fee income and other increased primarily due to increased deposits into the fund complex and increased account values primarily attributed to improved equity markets. Sales were concentrated in several funds with lower management fee rates or fee waivers resulting in a lower increase in fees relative to the increase in AUM. These improvements were offset by increased expenses, specifically commissions on new business deposits and operating expenses.

80

CORPORATE AND OTHER

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Operating Summary	2011			2010			Change
Earned premiums	$	(1	)	$	1		NM
Fee income		53			45			18	%
Net investment income		63			79			(20	%)
Net realized capital losses		(14	)		(9	)		(56	%)
Other revenues		1			—			—
Total revenues		102			116			(12	%)
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		5			2			150	%
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		72			135			(47	%)
Interest expense		128			120			7	%
Total benefits, losses and expenses		205			257			(20	%)
Loss before income taxes		(103	)		(141	)		27	%
Income tax benefit		(38	)		(23	)		(65	%)
Net loss	$	(65	)	$	(118	)		45	%

Three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010

The net loss in Corporate and Other decreased primarily due to a decrease in insurance operating costs and other expenses as a result of an accrual for a litigation settlement of $73 in 2010, for further information see Structured Settlement Class Action in Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

Partially offsetting the decrease in net loss was an increase in interest expense. Interest expense increased for the three months ended March 31, 2011 primarily due to the issuance of $1.1 billion of senior notes in the first quarter of 2010. For additional information on the debt issuance, see Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

See Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the tax provision at the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the provision (benefit) for income taxes.

81

INSURANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Refer to the MD&A in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report for an explanation of the Company’s Insurance Risk Management strategy.

INVESTMENT CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company has established investment credit policies that focus on the credit quality of obligors and counterparties, limit credit concentrations, encourage diversification and require frequent creditworthiness reviews. Investment activity, including setting of policy and defining acceptable risk levels, is subject to regular review and approval by senior management.

The Company invests primarily in securities which are rated investment grade and has established exposure limits, diversification standards and review procedures for all credit risks including borrower, issuer and counterparty. Creditworthiness of specific obligors is determined by consideration of external determinants of creditworthiness, typically ratings assigned by nationally recognized ratings agencies and is supplemented by an internal credit evaluation. Obligor, asset sector and industry concentrations are subject to established Company limits and are monitored on a regular basis.

The Company is not exposed to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer greater than 10% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity other than U.S. government and government agencies backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For further discussion of concentration of credit risk, see the Concentration of Credit Risk section in Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

Derivative Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Company uses various derivative counterparties in executing its derivative transactions. The use of counterparties creates credit risk that the counterparty may not perform in accordance with the terms of the derivative transaction. The Company has developed a derivative counterparty exposure policy which limits the Company’s exposure to credit risk.

The derivative counterparty exposure policy establishes market-based credit limits, favors long-term financial stability and creditworthiness of the counterparty and typically requires credit enhancement/credit risk reducing agreements. The Company minimizes the credit risk of derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties rated A/A- or better, which are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management. In addition, the Company monitors counterparty credit exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations. The Company also generally requires that derivative contracts, other than exchange traded contracts, certain forward contracts, and certain embedded and reinsurance derivatives, be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreement, which is structured by legal entity and by counterparty and permits right of offset.

The Company has developed credit exposure thresholds which are based upon counterparty ratings. Credit exposures are measured using the market value of the derivatives, resulting in amounts owed to the Company by its counterparties or potential payment obligations from the Company to its counterparties. Credit exposures are generally quantified daily based on the prior business day’s market value and collateral is pledged to and held by, or on behalf of, the Company to the extent the current value of derivatives exceeds the contractual thresholds. In accordance with industry standards and the contractual agreements, collateral is typically settled on the next business day. The Company has exposure to credit risk for amounts below the exposure thresholds which are uncollateralized, as well as for market fluctuations that may occur between contractual settlement periods of collateral movements.

The maximum uncollateralized threshold for a derivative counterparty for a single legal entity is $10. The Company currently transacts over-the-counter derivatives in five legal entities and therefore the maximum combined threshold for a single counterparty across all legal entities that use derivatives is $50. In addition, the Company may have exposure to multiple counterparties in a single corporate family due to a common credit support provider. As of March 31, 2011, the maximum combined threshold for all counterparties under a single credit support provider across all legal entities that use derivatives is $100. Based on the contractual terms of certain collateral agreements, these thresholds may be immediately reduced due to a downgrade in either party’s credit rating. For further discussion, see the Derivative Commitments Section of Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

For the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company has incurred no losses on derivative instruments due to counterparty default.

In addition to counterparty credit risk, the Company enters into credit default swaps to manage credit exposure. Credit default swaps involve a transfer of credit risk of one or many referenced entities from one party to another in exchange for periodic payments. The party that purchases credit protection will make periodic payments based on an agreed upon rate and notional amount, and for certain transactions there will also be an upfront premium payment. The second party, who assumes credit risk, will typically only make a payment if there is a credit event as defined in the contract and such payment will be typically equal to the notional value of the swap contract less the value of the referenced security issuer’s debt obligation. A credit event is generally defined as default on contractually obligated interest or principal payments or bankruptcy of the referenced entity.

82

The Company uses credit derivatives to purchase credit protection and assume credit risk with respect to a single entity, referenced index, or asset pool. The Company purchases credit protection through credit default swaps to economically hedge and manage credit risk of certain fixed maturity investments across multiple sectors of the investment portfolio. The Company also enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk as part of replication transactions. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that would otherwise be permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. These swaps reference investment grade single corporate issuers and baskets, which include customized diversified portfolios of corporate issuers, which are established within sector concentration limits and may be divided into tranches which possess different credit ratings.

Investments

The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturities, AFS, by credit quality. The ratings referenced below are based on the ratings of a nationally recognized rating organization or, if not rated, assigned based on the Company’s internal analysis of such securities.

Fixed Maturities by Credit Quality

	March 31, 2011							December 31, 2010
					Percent of							Percent of
	Amortized				Total Fair			Amortized				Total Fair
	Cost		Fair Value		Value			Cost		Fair Value		Value
United States Government/Government agencies	$	9,006	$	8,947		11.5	%	$	9,961	$	9,918		12.7	%
AAA		10,048		10,155		13.0	%		10,080		10,174		13.1	%
AA		15,817		15,518		19.8	%		15,933		15,554		20.0	%
A		19,477		19,723		25.2	%		19,265		19,460		25.0	%
BBB		19,802		20,212		25.8	%		18,849		19,153		24.6	%
BB & below		4,362		3,713		4.7	%		4,331		3,561		4.6	%
Total fixed maturities	$	78,512	$	78,268		100.0	%	$	78,419		77,820		100.0	%

The movement in the overall credit quality of the Company’s portfolio was primarily attributable to net purchases of investment grade corporate securities concentrated in the industrial and energy sectors, partially offset by sales of U.S. Treasuries as the Company continues to reinvest in spread product. Fixed maturities, FVO, are not included in the above table. For further discussion on fair value option securities, see Note 4 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

83

The following table presents the Company’s AFS securities by type, as well as fixed maturities, FVO.

Securities by Type

	March 31, 2011												December 31, 2010
										Percent												Percent
	Cost or		Gross		Gross					of Total			Cost or		Gross		Gross					of Total
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair		Fair			Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair		Fair
	Cost		Gains		Losses			Value		Value			Cost		Gains		Losses			Value		Value
Asset-backed securities (“ABS”)
Consumer loans	$	2,636	$	19	$	(200	)	$	2,455		3.1	%	$	2,496	$	23	$	(221	)	$	2,298		2.9	%
Small business		435		—		(116	)		319		0.4	%		453		—		(141	)		312		0.4	%
Other		379		27		(30	)		376		0.5	%		298		15		(34	)		279		0.4	%
CDOs
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)		2,403		1		(176	)		2,228		2.8	%		2,429		1		(212	)		2,218		2.9	%
CREs		628		—		(188	)		440		0.6	%		653		—		(266	)		387		0.5	%
Other		6		—		—			6		—			6		—		—			6		—
CMBS
Agency backed [1]		512		7		(6	)		513		0.7	%		519		9		(4	)		524		0.7	%
Bonds		6,578		159		(316	)		6,421		8.1	%		6,985		147		(583	)		6,549		8.4	%
Interest only (“IOs”)		741		68		(34	)		775		1.0	%		793		79		(28	)		844		1.1	%
Corporate
Basic industry [2]		3,126		194		(47	)		3,272		4.2	%		2,993		190		(24	)		3,159		4.1	%
Capital goods		3,211		215		(26	)		3,400		4.3	%		3,179		223		(23	)		3,379		4.3	%
Consumer cyclical		1,925		104		(12	)		2,017		2.6	%		1,883		115		(12	)		1,986		2.6	%
Consumer non-cyclical		6,285		399		(35	)		6,649		8.5	%		6,126		444		(29	)		6,541		8.4	%
Energy		3,504		200		(24	)		3,680		4.7	%		3,377		212		(23	)		3,566		4.6	%
Financial services		7,748		248		(363	)		7,633		9.8	%		7,545		253		(470	)		7,328		9.4	%
Tech./comm.		4,384		247		(70	)		4,561		5.8	%		4,268		269		(68	)		4,469		5.7	%
Transportation		1,115		56		(15	)		1,156		1.5	%		1,141		69		(13	)		1,197		1.5	%
Utilities		7,464		348		(81	)		7,731		9.9	%		7,099		386		(58	)		7,427		9.5	%
Other [2]		866		12		(24	)		814		1.0	%		885		13		(27	)		832		1.1	%
Foreign govt./govt. agencies		1,736		76		(10	)		1,802		2.3	%		1,627		73		(17	)		1,683		2.2	%
Municipal
Taxable		1,355		8		(126	)		1,237		1.6	%		1,319		9		(129	)		1,199		1.5	%
Tax-exempt		11,332		138		(380	)		11,090		14.2	%		11,150		141		(366	)		10,925		14.0	%
Residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”)
Agency		3,679		98		(22	)		3,755		4.8	%		4,283		109		(27	)		4,365		5.6	%
Non-agency		72		—		(2	)		70		0.1	%		78		—		(3	)		75		0.1	%
Alt-A		127		1		(16	)		112		0.1	%		168		—		(19	)		149		0.2	%
Sub-prime		1,450		—		(373	)		1,077		1.4	%		1,507		—		(413	)		1,094		1.4	%
U.S. Treasuries		4,815		14		(150	)		4,679		6.0	%		5,159		24		(154	)		5,029		6.5	%
Fixed maturities, AFS		78,512		2,639		(2,842	)		78,268		100.0	%		78,419		2,804		(3,364	)		77,820		100.0	%
Equity securities
Financial services		515		8		(95	)		428					569		4		(127	)		446
Other		436		142		(13	)		565					444		88		(5	)		527
Equity securities, AFS		951		150		(108	)		993					1,013		92		(132	)		973
Total AFS securities	$	79,463	$	2,789	$	(2,950	)	$	79,261				$	79,432	$	2,896	$	(3,496	)	$	78,793
Fixed maturities, FVO								$	1,230											$	649

[1]	Represents securities with pools of loans issued by the Small Business Administration which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
[2]	Gross unrealized gains (losses) exclude the change in fair value of bifurcated embedded derivative features of certain securities. Subsequent changes in fair value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).

The Company continues to reallocate a greater portion of its AFS investment portfolio into spread product, in particular investment grade corporate securities concentrated in the industrial and energy sectors, while reducing its exposure to U.S. Treasuries and other agency-backed securities. The Company’s AFS net unrealized position improved primarily as a result of improved security valuations largely due to credit spread tightening, partially offset by rising interest rates. Fixed maturities, FVO, represents securities containing an embedded credit derivative for which the Company elected the fair value option. The underlying credit risk of these securities is primarily high quality corporate bonds and CRE CDOs. For further discussion on fair value option securities, see Note 4 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The following sections highlight the Company’s significant investment sectors.

84

Financial Services

The Company’s exposure to the financial services sector is predominantly through banking institutions. The following table presents the Company’s exposure to the financial services sector included in the Securities by Type table above.

	March 31, 2011							December 31, 2010
	Amortized				Net			Amortized				Net
	Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized			Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized
AAA	$	321	$	327	$	6		$	302	$	309	$	7
AA		2,121		2,135		14			2,085		2,095		10
A		3,784		3,686		(98	)		3,760		3,599		(161	)
BBB		1,776		1,665		(111	)		1,677		1,518		(159	)
BB & below		261		248		(13	)		290		253		(37	)
Total	$	8,263	$	8,061	$	(202	)	$	8,114	$	7,774	$	(340	)

During the first quarter, financial companies continued to stabilize with improved earnings performance, positive credit trends and stable capital and liquidity positions. Confidence in the financial sector continued to improve and higher security valuations were seen in the market. Financial institutions remain vulnerable to ongoing stress in the real estate markets including high unemployment and global economic uncertainty, which could result in a decline in the Company’s net unrealized position.

Commercial Real Estate

During the first quarter, the commercial real estate market continued to show signs of improving fundamentals, such as increases in market pricing, tightening credit spreads and more readily available financing. Although there are signs of improvement, delinquencies still remain at historically high levels but are expected to move lower in late 2011.

The following table presents the Company’s exposure to commercial mortgage backed-securities (“CMBS”) bonds by current credit quality and vintage year, included in the Securities by Type table above. Credit protection represents the current weighted average percentage of the outstanding capital structure subordinated to the Company’s investment holding that is available to absorb losses before the security incurs the first dollar loss of principal and excludes any equity interest or property value in excess of outstanding debt.

CMBS — Bonds [1]

March 31, 2011

	AAA				AA				A				BBB				BB and Below				Total
	Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair
	Cost		Value		Cost		Value		Cost		Value		Cost		Value		Cost		Value		Cost		Value
2003 & Prior	$	659	$	675	$	146	$	144	$	104	$	101	$	16	$	14	$	34	$	31	$	959	$	965
2004		468		490		35		35		68		64		33		28		6		5		610		622
2005		602		626		131		129		191		181		195		176		99		94		1,218		1,206
2006		914		949		591		576		139		128		517		475		450		394		2,611		2,522
2007		264		281		267		251		122		105		248		225		224		184		1,125		1,046
2008		55		60		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		55		60
Total	$	2,962	$	3,081	$	1,170	$	1,135	$	624	$	579	$	1,009	$	918	$	813	$	708	$	6,578	$	6,421
Credit protection	29.2%				23.1%				14.9%				13.7%				8.4%				21.8%

December 31, 2010

	AAA				AA				A				BBB				BB and Below				Total
	Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair
	Cost		Value		Cost		Value		Cost		Value		Cost		Value		Cost		Value		Cost		Value
2003 & Prior	$	782	$	803	$	146	$	142	$	107	$	103	$	24	$	21	$	26	$	22	$	1,085	$	1,091
2004		489		511		35		35		68		61		33		27		6		5		631		639
2005		610		632		131		121		213		177		182		147		123		96		1,259		1,173
2006		1,016		1,050		566		536		256		224		496		416		436		339		2,770		2,565
2007		305		320		278		250		71		55		253		200		278		198		1,185		1,023
2008		55		58		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		55		58
Total	$	3,257	$	3,374	$	1,156	$	1,084	$	715	$	620	$	988	$	811	$	869	$	660	$	6,985	$	6,549
Credit protection	28.8%				22.5%				13.3%				13.8%				8.0%				21.5%

[1] The vintage year represents the year the pool of loans was originated.

85

The Company also has AFS exposure to commercial real estate (“CRE”) collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) with an amortized cost and fair value of $628 and $440, respectively, as of March 31, 2011 and $653 and $387, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. These securities are comprised of diversified pools of commercial mortgage loans or equity positions of other CMBS securitizations. Although the Company does not plan to invest in this asset class going forward, we continue to monitor these investments as economic and market uncertainties regarding future performance impacts market illiquidity and higher risk premiums.

In addition to CMBS bonds and CRE CDOs, the Company has exposure to commercial mortgage loans as presented in the following table. These loans are collateralized by a variety of commercial properties and are diversified both geographically throughout the United States and by property type. These loans may be either in the form of a whole loan, where the Company is the sole lender, or a loan participation. Loan participations are loans where the Company has purchased or retained a portion of an outstanding loan or package of loans and participates on a pro-rata basis in collecting interest and principal pursuant to the terms of the participation agreement. In general, A-Note participations have senior payment priority, followed by B-Note participations and then mezzanine loan participations. As of March 31, 2011, loans within the Company’s mortgage loan portfolio have had minimal extension or restructurings.

Commercial Mortgage Loans

	March 31, 2011							December 31, 2010
	Amortized		Valuation			Carrying		Amortized		Valuation			Carrying
	Cost [1]		Allowance			Value		Cost [1]		Allowance			Value
Agricultural	$	327	$	(23	)	$	304	$	339	$	(23	)	$	316
Whole loans		3,617		(22	)		3,595		3,326		(23	)		3,303
A-Note participations		318		—			318		319		—			319
B-Note participations		326		(70	)		256		327		(70	)		257
Mezzanine loans		146		(35	)		111		181		(36	)		145
Total [2]	$	4,734	$	(150	)	$	4,584	$	4,492	$	(152	)	$	4,340

[1]	Amortized cost represents carrying value prior to valuation allowances, if any.
[2]	Excludes residential mortgage loans. For further information on the total mortgage loan portfolio, see Note 5 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Since December 31, 2010, the Company funded $324 of commercial whole loans with a weighted average loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 65% and a weighted average yield of 4.5%. The Company continues to originate commercial whole loans, focusing on loans with strong LTV ratios and high quality property collateral. As of March 31, 2011, the Company had mortgage loans held-for-sale with a carrying value and valuation allowance of $144 and $8, respectively.

Municipal Bonds

The Company holds investments in securities backed by states, municipalities and political subdivisions (“municipal”) with an amortized cost and fair value of $12.7 billion and $12.3 billion, respectively, as of March 31, 2011 and $12.5 billion and $12.1 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. The Company’s municipal bond portfolio is well diversified and primarily consists of essential service revenue and general obligation bonds. As of March 31, 2011, the largest issuer concentrations were the states of California, Massachusetts and Georgia, which each comprised less than 3% of the municipal bond portfolio and were primarily comprised of general obligation securities. As of December 31, 2010, the largest issuer concentrations were the states of California, Georgia and Massachusetts, which each comprised less than 3% of the municipal bond portfolio and were primarily comprised of general obligation securities.

Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments

The following table presents the Company’s investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments which include hedge funds, mortgage and real estate funds, mezzanine debt funds, and private equity and other funds. Hedge funds include investments in funds of funds and direct funds. Mortgage and real estate funds consist of investments in funds whose assets consist of mortgage loans, mortgage loan participations, mezzanine loans or other notes which may be below investment grade, as well as equity real estate and real estate joint ventures. Mezzanine debt funds include investments in funds whose assets consist of subordinated debt that often incorporates equity-based options such as warrants and a limited amount of direct equity investments. Private equity and other funds primarily consist of investments in funds whose assets typically consist of a diversified pool of investments in small non-public businesses with high growth potential.

	March 31, 2011					December 31, 2010
	Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent
Hedge funds	$	441		22.4	%	$	439		22.8	%
Mortgage and real estate funds		449		22.8	%		406		21.2	%
Mezzanine debt funds		121		6.1	%		132		6.9	%
Private equity and other funds		961		48.7	%		941		49.1	%
Total	$	1,972		100.0	%	$	1,918		100.0	%

86

Available-for-Sale Securities — Unrealized Loss Aging

The total gross unrealized losses were $3.0 billion as of March 31, 2011, which is an improvement of $546 or 16% from December 31, 2010 as credit spreads tightened, most notably in CMBS and corporate securities in the financial services sector. As of March 31, 2011, $1.8 billion of the gross unrealized losses were associated with securities depressed less than 20% of cost or amortized cost. These securities were primarily comprised of corporate and municipal securities which have experienced price declines largely resulting from rising interest rates.

The remaining $1.2 billion of gross unrealized losses were associated with securities depressed greater than 20%, which includes $258 associated with securities depressed over 50% for twelve months or more. These securities are backed primarily by commercial and residential real estate that have market spreads that continue to be wider than the spreads at the security’s respective purchase date. Although many of these securities improved in price during the quarter, the unrealized losses remain largely due to the continued market and economic uncertainties surrounding residential and certain commercial real estate. Based upon the Company’s cash flow modeling and current market and collateral performance assumptions, these securities have sufficient credit protection levels to receive contractually obligated principal and interest payments. Also included in the gross unrealized losses depressed greater than 20% are financial services securities that have a floating-rate coupon and/or long-dated maturities.

As part of the Company’s ongoing security monitoring process, the Company has reviewed its AFS securities in an unrealized loss position and concluded that there were no additional impairments as of March 31, 2011 and that these securities are temporarily depressed and are expected to recover in value as the securities approach maturity or as real estate related market spreads continue to improve. For these securities in an unrealized loss position where a credit impairment has not been recorded, the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows are sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. Furthermore, the Company neither has an intention to sell nor does it expect to be required to sell these securities. For further information regarding the Company’s impairment analysis, see Other-Than-Temporary Impairments in the Investment Credit Risk Section of this MD&A.

The following table presents the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities by length of time the security was in a continuous unrealized loss position.

	March 31, 2011									December 31, 2010
			Cost or									Cost or
			Amortized		Fair		Unrealized					Amortized		Fair		Unrealized
	Items		Cost		Value		Loss [1]			Items		Cost		Value		Loss [1]
Three months or less		737	$	6,198	$	6,085	$	(113	)		1,503	$	17,431	$	16,783	$	(643	)
Greater than three to six months		1,040		13,265		12,639		(621	)		115		732		690		(42	)
Greater than six to nine months		79		633		587		(46	)		91		438		397		(41	)
Greater than nine to twelve months		55		373		342		(31	)		42		185		169		(16	)
Greater than twelve months		1,141		14,133		11,958		(2,139	)		1,231		15,599		12,811		(2,754	)
Total		3,052	$	34,602	$	31,611	$	(2,950	)		2,982	$	34,385	$	30,850	$	(3,496	)

[1] Unrealized losses exclude the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivative features of certain securities. Subsequent changes in fair value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).

The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities continuously depressed over 20% by length of time (included in the table above).

	March 31, 2011									December 31, 2010
			Cost or									Cost or
			Amortized		Fair		Unrealized					Amortized		Fair		Unrealized
Consecutive Months	Items		Cost		Value		Loss			Items		Cost		Value		Loss
Three months or less		85	$	84	$	62	$	(22	)		99	$	771	$	582	$	(189	)
Greater than three to six months		59		349		251		(98	)		22		136		104		(32	)
Greater than six to nine months		15		65		50		(15	)		28		234		169		(65	)
Greater than nine to twelve months		14		80		52		(28	)		13		43		32		(11	)
Greater than twelve months		304		3,101		2,041		(1,060	)		390		4,361		2,766		(1,595	)
Total		477	$	3,679	$	2,456	$	(1,223	)		552	$	5,545	$	3,653	$	(1,892	)

The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities continuously depressed over 50% by length of time (included in the tables above).

	March 31, 2011									December 31, 2010
			Cost or									Cost or
			Amortized		Fair		Unrealized					Amortized		Fair		Unrealized
Consecutive Months	Items		Cost		Value		Loss			Items		Cost		Value		Loss
Three months or less		31	$	24	$	11	$	(13	)		20	$	27	$	12	$	(15	)
Greater than three to six months		13		19		7		(12	)		1		2		1		(1	)
Greater than six to nine months		—		—		—		—			12		65		29		(36	)
Greater than nine to twelve months		10		57		42		(15	)		—		—		—		—
Greater than twelve months		64		422		164		(258	)		94		722		260		(462	)
Total		118	$	522	$	224	$	(298	)		127	$	816	$	302	$	(514	)

87

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

The following table presents the Company’s impairments recognized in earnings by security type.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011		2010
ABS	$	8	$	—
CRE CDOs		15		64
CMBS
Bonds		—		72
IOs		1		—
Corporate		18		—
Equity		10		1
RMBS
Alt-A		—		2
Sub-prime		3		13
Total	$	55	$	152

Three months ended March 31, 2011

For the three months ended March 31, 2011, impairments recognized in earnings were comprised of credit impairments of $45 and impairments on equity securities of $10.

Credit impairments were primarily concentrated in structured securities associated with commercial real estate, as well as direct private equity investments. The structured securities were impaired primarily due to continued property-specific deterioration of the underlying collateral. The Company calculated these impairments utilizing both a top down modeling approach and, for certain commercial real estate backed securities, a security-specific collateral review. The top down modeling approach used discounted cash flow models that considered losses under current and expected future economic conditions. Assumptions used over the current period included macroeconomic factors, such as a high unemployment rate, as well as sector specific factors such as property value declines, commercial real estate delinquency levels and changes in net operating income. The macroeconomic assumptions considered by the Company did not materially change from the previous several quarters and, as such, the credit impairments recognized for the three ended March 31, 2011 were largely driven by actual or expected collateral deterioration, largely as a result of the Company’s security-specific collateral review.

The security-specific collateral review is performed to estimate potential future losses. This review incorporates assumptions about expected future collateral cash flows, including projected rental rates and occupancy levels that varied based on property type and sub-market. The results of the security-specific collateral review allowed the Company to estimate the expected timing of a security’s first loss, if any, and the probability and severity of potential ultimate losses. The Company then discounted these anticipated future cash flows at the security’s book yield prior to impairment.

Included in corporate and equity security types were direct private equity investments that were impaired primarily due to the likelihood of a disruption in contractual principal and interest payments due to the restructuring of the debtor’s obligation. Impairments on equity securities were related to preferred stock associated with these direct private equity investments.

In addition to the credit impairments recognized in earnings, the Company recognized non-credit impairments in other comprehensive income of $64 for the three ended March 31, 2011, predominantly concentrated in CRE CDOs and RMBS. These non-credit impairments represent the difference between fair value and the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield prior to impairment, rather than at current market implied credit spreads. These non-credit impairments primarily represent increases in market liquidity premiums and credit spread widening that occurred after the securities were purchased, as well as a discount for variable-rate coupons which are paying less than at purchase date. In general, larger liquidity premiums and wider credit spreads are the result of deterioration of the underlying collateral performance of the securities, as well as the risk premium required to reflect future uncertainty in the real estate market.

Future impairments may develop as the result of changes in intent to sell of specific securities or if actual results underperform current modeling assumptions, which may be the result of, but are not limited to, macroeconomic factors, and security-specific performance below current expectations. Recent improvements in commercial real estate property valuations will positively impact future loss development, with future impairments driven by idiosyncratic security specific risk.

Three months ended March 31, 2010

Impairments recognized in earnings were comprised of credit impairments of $151 primarily concentrated in CMBS bonds and CRE CDOs due to continued property-specific deterioration of the underlying collateral and increased delinquencies. Also included were impairments on equity securities of $1.

88

Valuation Allowances on Mortgage Loans

The following table presents additions to valuation allowances on mortgage loans.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2011		2010
Credit-related concerns	$	—	$	34
Held for sale
Agricultural loans		3		5
B-note participations		—		22
Mezzanine loans		—		51
Residential		—		—
Total	$	3	$	112

For the three months ended March 31, 2011, additions of $3 primarily related to anticipated sales of agricultural loans. Recent improvements in commercial real estate property valuations will positively impact future loss development, with future impairments driven by idiosyncratic loan-specific risk.

89

CAPITAL MARKETS RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company has a disciplined approach to managing risks associated with its capital markets and asset/liability management activities. Investment portfolio management is organized to focus investment management expertise on the specific classes of investments. The Company invests in various types of investments including derivative instruments, in order to meet its portfolio objectives. Derivative instruments are utilized in compliance with established Company policy and regulatory requirements and are monitored internally and reviewed by senior management.

The Company utilizes a variety of over-the-counter and exchange traded derivative instruments as a part of its overall risk management strategy, as well as to enter into replication transactions. Derivative instruments are used to manage risk associated with interest rate, equity market, credit spread, issuer default, price, and currency exchange rate risk or volatility. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that would otherwise be permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. For further information, see Note 5 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Derivative activities are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s compliance and risk management teams and reviewed by senior management. In addition, the Company monitors counterparty credit exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations. The notional amounts of derivative contracts represent the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and are not reflective of credit risk. For further information on the Company’s use of derivatives, see Note 5 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Market Risk

The Company is exposed to market risk associated with changes in interest rates, credit spreads including issuer defaults, equity prices or market indices, and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company is also exposed to credit and counterparty repayment risk. Derivative instruments are utilized in compliance with established Company policy and regulatory requirements and are monitored internally and reviewed by senior management. For further discussion of market risk, see the Capital Markets Risk Management section of the MD&A in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company manages its exposure to interest rate risk by constructing investment portfolios that maintain asset allocation limits and asset/liability duration matching targets which may include the use of derivatives. The Company analyzes interest rate risk using various models including parametric models and cash flow simulation under various market scenarios of the liabilities and their supporting investment portfolios, which may include derivative instruments. For further discussion of interest rate risk, see the Interest Rate Risk discussion within the Capital Markets Risk Management section of the MD&A in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

The Company is also exposed to interest rate risk based upon the discount rate assumption associated with the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. The discount rate assumption is based upon an interest rate yield curve comprised of bonds rated Aa with maturities primarily between zero and thirty years. For further discussion of interest rate risk associated with the benefit obligations, see the Critical Accounting Estimates Section of the MD&A under Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations and Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report. In addition, management evaluates performance of certain Wealth Management products based on net investment spread which is, in part, influenced by changes in interest rates. For further discussion, see the Global Annuity, Life Insurance, and Retirement Plans sections of the MD&A.

An increase in interest rates from the current levels is generally a favorable development for the Company. Rate increases are expected to provide additional net investment income, increase sales of fixed rate Wealth Management investment products, reduce the cost of the variable annuity hedging program, limit the potential risk of margin erosion due to minimum guaranteed crediting rates in certain Wealth Management products and, if sustained, could reduce the Company’s prospective pension expense. Conversely, a rise in interest rates will reduce the fair value of the investment portfolio, increase interest expense on the Company’s variable rate debt obligations and, if long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six to twelve month time period, certain Wealth Management businesses may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that policyholders will surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment requiring the Company to liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. In conjunction with the interest rate risk measurement and management techniques, certain of Wealth Management’s fixed income product offerings have market value adjustment provisions at contract surrender. An increase in interest rates may also impact the Company’s tax planning strategies and in particular its ability to utilize tax benefits to offset certain previously recognized realized capital losses.

A decline in interest rates results in certain mortgage-backed securities being more susceptible to paydowns and prepayments. During such periods, the Company generally will not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable yields. Lower interest rates will also likely result in lower net investment income, increased hedging cost associated with variable annuities and, if declines are sustained for a long period of time, it may subject the Company to reinvestment risks, higher pension costs expense and possibly reduced profit margins associated with guaranteed crediting rates on certain Wealth Management products. Conversely, the fair value of the investment portfolio will increase when interest rates decline and the Company’s interest expense will be lower on its variable rate debt obligations.

90

Credit Risk

The Company is exposed to credit risk within our investment portfolio and through counterparties. Credit risk relates to the uncertainty of an obligor’s continued ability to make timely payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument or contract. The Company manages credit risk through established investment credit policies which address quality of obligors and counterparties, credit concentration limits, diversification requirements and acceptable risk levels under expected and stressed scenarios. These policies are regularly reviewed and approved by the Enterprise Risk Management group and senior management. For further discussion of credit risk, see the Credit Risk section of the MD&A in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

For further information on credit risk associated with derivatives, see the Investment Credit Risk section of the MD&A.

The Company is also exposed to credit spread risk related to security market price and cash flows associated with changes in credit spreads. Credit spread tightening will reduce net investment income associated with new purchases of fixed maturities and increase the fair value of the investment portfolio. Credit spread widening will reduce the fair value of the investment portfolio and will increase net investment income on new purchases. If issuer credit spreads increase significantly or for an extended period of time, it may result in higher impairment losses. For further discussion of sectors most significantly impacted, see the Investment Credit Risk Section of the MD&A. Also, for a discussion of the movement of credit spread impacts on the Company’s statutory financial results as it relates to the accounting and reporting for market value fixed annuities, see the Capital Resources & Liquidity Section of the MD&A.

Variable Product Equity Risk

The Company’s variable products are significantly influenced by the U.S., Japanese, and other global equity markets. Increases or declines in equity markets impact certain assets and liabilities related to the Company’s variable products and the Company’s earnings derived from those products. The Company’s variable products include variable annuity contracts, mutual funds, and variable life insurance.

Generally, declines in equity markets will:

• reduce the value of assets under management and the amount of fee income generated from those assets;

• reduce the value of equity securities trading supporting the international variable annuities, the related policyholder funds and benefits payable, and the amount of fee income generated from those variable annuities;

• increase the liability for GMWB benefits resulting in realized capital losses;

• increase the value of derivative assets used to hedge product guarantees resulting in realized capital gains;

• increase the costs of the hedging instruments we use in our hedging program;

• increase the Company’s net amount at risk for GMDB and GMIB benefits;

• decrease the Company’s actual gross profits, resulting in increased DAC amortization;

• increase the amount of required assets to be held backing variable annuity guarantees to maintain required regulatory reserve levels and targeted risk based capital ratios;

• adversely affect customer sentiment toward equity-linked products, causing a decline in sales; and

• decrease the Company’s estimated future gross profits. See Estimated Gross Profits Used in the Valuation and Amortization of Assets and Liabilities Associated with Variable Annuity and Other Universal Life-Type Contracts within the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A for further information.

Generally, increases in equity markets will reduce the value of derivative assets used to provide a macro hedge on statutory surplus, resulting in realized capital losses during periods of market appreciation.

GMWB

The majority of the Company’s U.S. and U.K. variable annuities, and a small portion of Japan’s variable annuities, include a GMWB rider. Declines in equity markets will generally increase the Company’s liability for the in-force GMWB riders. As of March 31, 2011, U.S. GMWB account value was $44.6 billion and International GMWB account value was $2.5 billion. As of December 31, 2010, U.S. GMWB account value was $44.8 billion and International GMWB account value was $2.5 billion. A GMWB contract is “in the money” if the contract holder’s guaranteed remaining benefit (“GRB”) is greater than their current account value. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 18% and 35%, respectively, of all unreinsured U.S. GMWB contracts were “in the money”. For those contracts that were “in the money”, the average contract was 10% and 9% “in the money” as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. For U.S. GMWB contracts that were “in the money”, the Company’s net amount at risk (i.e. GRB less account value), after reinsurance, as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, was $0.6 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. For U.K. and Japan GMWB contracts that were “in the money”, the Company’s net amount at risk, after reinsurance, as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, was $73 and $73, respectively. However, the Company expects to incur these payments in the future only if the policyholder has an “in the money” GMWB at their death or their account value is reduced to a specified level, through contractually permitted withdrawals and/or market declines. If the account value is reduced to the specified level, the contract holder will receive an annuity equal to the remaining GRB. For the Company’s “life-time” GMWB products, this annuity can continue beyond the GRB. As the account value fluctuates with equity market returns on a daily basis and the “life-time” GMWB payments can exceed the GRB, the ultimate amount to be paid by the Company, if any, is uncertain and could be significantly more or less than the Company’s current carried liability. For additional information on the Company’s GMWB liability, see Note 4a of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

91

GMDB

The majority of the Company’s U.S. variable annuity contracts include a GMDB rider. Declines in the equity markets will increase the Company’s liability for GMDB riders. The Company’s total gross exposure (i.e., before reinsurance) to U.S. GMDB as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is $8.6 billion and $10.7 billion, respectively. However, the Company will incur these payments in the future only if the policyholder has an “in the money” GMDB at their death. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 59% and 70%, respectively, of all unreinsured U.S. GMDB contracts were “in the money”. For those contracts that were “in the money”, the average contract was 11% and 12% “in the money” as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company reinsured 63% and 60% of these death benefit guarantees as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Under certain of these reinsurance agreements, the reinsurers’ exposure is subject to an annual cap. The Company’s net exposure (i.e., after reinsurance), is $3.2 billion and $4.3 billion, as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

In the second quarter of 2009, the Company suspended all new product sales in Japan. Prior to that, the Company offered variable annuity products in Japan with a GMDB. For the in-force block of Japan business, declines in equity markets, as well as a strengthening of the Japanese yen in comparison to the U.S. dollar, the euro and other currencies will increase the Company’s liability for GMDB riders. This increase may be significant in extreme market scenarios. In general, the GMDB riders entitle the policyholder to receive the original investment value at the date of death. If the original investment value exceeds the account value upon death then the contract is “in the money”. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, substantially all of the unreinsured Japan GMDB contracts were “in the money”. For those contracts that were “in the money”, the average contract was 21% and 22% “in the money” as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company’s total gross exposure (i.e., before reinsurance) to the GMDB offered in Japan is $8.0 billion and $8.8 billion as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company reinsured 15% and 14% of the GMDB to a third-party reinsurer as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Under certain of these reinsurance agreements, the reinsurers’ exposure is subject to an annual cap. The Company’s net GMDB exposure (i.e. after reinsurance) is $6.8 billion and $7.6 billion as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Many policyholders with a GMDB also have a GMWB in the U.S. or GMIB in Japan. Policyholders that have a product that offer both guarantees can only receive the GMDB or the GMIB benefit in Japan or the GMDB or GMWB in the U.S. For additional information on the Company’s GMDB liability, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

GMIB

In the second quarter of 2009, the Company suspended all new product sales in Japan. Prior to that, the Company offered variable annuity products in Japan with a GMIB. For GMIB contracts, in general, the policyholder has the right to elect to annuitize benefits, beginning (for certain products) on the tenth or fifteenth anniversary year of contract commencement, receive lump sum payment of account value, or remain in the variable sub-account. For GMIB contracts, the policyholder is entitled to receive the original investment value over a 10- to 15- year annuitization period. A small percentage of the contracts will first become eligible to elect annuitization beginning in 2013. The remainder of the contracts will first become eligible to elect annuitization from 2014 to 2022. Because policyholders have various contractual rights to defer their annuitization election, the period over which annuitization election can take place is subject to policyholder behavior and therefore indeterminate. In addition, upon annuitization the contractholder surrenders access to the account value and the account value is transferred to the Company’s general account where it is invested and the additional investment proceeds are used towards payment of the original investment value. If the original investment value exceeds the account value upon annuitization then the contract is “in the money”. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, substantially all of the Japan GMIB contracts were “in the money”. For those contracts that were “in the money”, the average contract was 15% and 17% “in the money” as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. In addition, as of March 31, 2011, 55% of retained net amount at risk is reinsured to an affiliate of The Hartford. For additional information on the Company’s GMIB liability, see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table represents the timing of account values eligible for annuitization under the Japan GMIB as of March 31, 2011, as well as the retained net amount at risk. The account values reflect 100% annuitization at the earliest point allowed by the contract and no adjustments for future market returns and policyholder behaviors. Future market returns, changes in the value of the Japanese yen and policyholder behaviors will impact account values eligible for annuitization in the years presented.

	GMIB [1]
($ in billions)	Account Value		Net Amount at Risk
2013	$	0.3	$	—
2014		4.7		0.5
2015		7.6		1.3
2016		2.6		0.6
2017		2.9		0.7
2018 & beyond [2]		6.6		1.3
Total	$	24.7	$	4.4

[1]	Excludes certain GMIB products where annuitization eligibility is based on attained age.
[2]	In 2018 & beyond, $2.8 billion of the $6.6 billion is primarily associated with account value that is eligible in 2021.

92

Variable Product Equity Risk Management

Market Risk Exposures

The following table summarizes the broad Variable Annuity Guarantees offered by the Company and the market risks to which the guarantee is most exposed from a U.S. GAAP accounting perspective.

Variable Annuity Guarantee [1]	U.S. GAAP Treatment [1]	Primary Market Risk Exposures [1]
U.S. Variable Guarantees
GMDB	Accumulation of the portion of fees required to cover expected claims, less accumulation of actual claims paid	Equity Market Levels
GMWB	Fair Value	Equity Market Levels / Implied Volatility / Interest Rates
For Life Component of GMWB	Accumulation of the portion of fees required to cover expected claims, less accumulation of actual claims paid	Equity Market Levels
International Variable Guarantees
GMDB & GMIB	Accumulation of the portion of fees required to cover expected claims, less accumulation of actual claims paid	Equity Market Levels / Interest Rates / Foreign Currency
GMWB	Fair Value	Equity Market Levels / Implied Volatility / Interest Rates /Foreign Currency
GMAB	Fair Value	Equity Market Levels / Implied Volatility / Interest Rates /Foreign Currency

[1] Each of these guarantees and the related U.S. GAAP accounting volatility will also be influenced by actual and estimated policyholder behavior.

Risk Management

The Company carefully analyzes GMDB, GMWB, GMIB, GMAB market risk exposures arising from equity markets, interest rates, implied volatility, foreign currency exchange risk, and correlation between these market risk exposures. The Company evaluates these risks both individually and in the aggregate, to determine the financial risk of its products and to judge their potential impacts on U.S. GAAP earnings, statutory surplus, and ultimately cash flow liability. The Company manages the equity market, interest rate, implied volatility and foreign currency exchange risks embedded in its products through reinsurance, customized derivatives, and dynamic hedging and macro hedging programs. In addition, the Company has increased GMWB rider fees on in-force policies, as contractually permitted. Depending upon competitors’ reactions with respect to products and related rider charges, the Company’s strategy of reducing product risk and increasing fees has and may continue to result in a decline in market share.

The following table depicts the type of risk management strategy being used by the Company to either partially or fully mitigate market risk exposures, displayed above, by variable annuity guarantee as of March 31, 2011:

Variable Annuity Guarantee	Reinsurance		Customized Derivative		Dynamic Hedging [1]		Macro Hedging [2]
GMDB		ü						ü
GMWB		ü		ü		ü		ü
For Life Component of GMWB								ü
GMIB								ü
GMAB								ü

[1]

Through the first quarter in 2011, the Company continued to maintain a reduced level of dynamic hedge protection on GMWB while placing a greater relative emphasis on the protection of statutory surplus through the inclusion of a macro hedging program. This portion of the GMWB hedge strategy may include derivatives with maturities of up to 10 years. U.S. GAAP fair value volatility will be driven by a reduced level of dynamic hedge protection and macro program positions.

[2]

As described below, the Company’s macro hedging program is not designed to provide protection against any one variable annuity guarantee program, but rather is a broad based hedge designed to provide protection against multiple guarantees and market risks, primarily focused on statutory liability and surplus volatility.

Reinsurance

The Company uses reinsurance for a portion of contracts with GMWB riders prior to the third quarter of 2003 and GMWB risks associated with a block of business sold between the third quarter of 2003 and the second quarter of 2006. The Company also uses reinsurance for a majority of the GMDB issued in the U.S. and a portion of the GMDB issued in Japan.

93

Derivative Hedging Strategies

The Company maintains derivative hedging strategies for its product guarantee risk to meet multiple, and in some cases, competing risk management objectives, including providing protection against tail scenario market events, providing resources to pay product guarantee claims, and minimizing U.S. GAAP earnings volatility, statutory surplus volatility and other economic metrics.

Customized Derivatives

The Company holds customized derivative contracts to provide protection from certain capital market risks for the remaining term of specified blocks of non-reinsured GMWB riders. These customized derivative contracts are based on policyholder behavior assumptions specified at the inception of the derivative contracts. The Company retains the risk for differences between assumed and actual policyholder behavior and between the performance of the actively managed funds underlying the separate accounts and their respective indices.

Dynamic Hedging

The Company’s dynamic hedging program uses derivative instruments to provide protection against the risks associated with the GMWB variable annuity product guarantees including equity market declines, equity implied volatility, and declines in interest rates (See Market Risk on Statutory Capital below). The Company uses hedging instruments including: interest rate futures and swaps, variance swaps, S&P 500, NASDAQ and EAFE index put options and futures contracts. While the Company actively manages this dynamic hedging program, increased U.S. GAAP earnings volatility may result from factors including, but not limited to: policyholder behavior, capital markets, divergence between the performance of the underlying funds and the hedging indices, changes in hedging positions and the relative emphasis placed on various risk management objectives.

Macro Hedging

The Company’s macro hedging program uses derivative instruments such as options, futures, swaps and forwards on equities, interest rates, and currencies to provide protection against the statutory tail scenario risk arising from U.S., U.K. and Japan GMWB, GMDB, GMIB and GMAB liabilities, on the Company’s statutory surplus and the associated target RBC ratios (see Capital Resources and Liquidity). These macro hedges cover some of the residual risks not otherwise covered by specific dynamic hedging programs. Management assesses this residual risk under various scenarios in designing and executing the macro hedge program. During the first quarter, the Company has decreased its currency hedging and a small portion of its shorter term equity implied volatility coverage. The macro hedge program will result in additional U.S. GAAP earnings volatility as changes in the value of the macro hedge derivatives, which are designed to reduce statutory reserve and capital volatility, may not be closely aligned to changes in U.S. GAAP liabilities.

94

Based on the construction of the Company’s derivative hedging program (both dynamic and macro hedge), which can change based on capital market conditions, and changes in the hedging program, underlying exposures and other factors, an independent change in the following capital market factors is likely to have the following impacts. These sensitivities do not capture the impact of elapsed time on liabilities or hedge assets. Each of the sensitivities set forth below is estimated individually under the indicated level of market movement and from the market levels at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, and without consideration of any correlation among the key assumptions. The Company continues to develop a long-term hedging strategy for its Japan variable annuity exposures. As the Company implements this strategy, the sensitivities will change to reflect the impact of the hedge program. Once the costs of this strategy become more certain, the Company will update its estimates of hedging costs in its models for determining future gross profits which could result in write-offs of deferred acquisition costs. In addition, there are other factors, including other changes to the underlying hedging program, policyholder behavior and variation in underlying fund performance relative to the hedged index, which could materially impact the GMWB liability. As a result, these sensitivities do not necessarily reflect the financial impact from large shifts in the underlying indices or when multiple risk factors are impacted. Actual net changes in the value of the GMWB liability, the related dynamic hedging program derivative assets and the macro hedge program derivative assets may vary materially from those calculated using only the sensitivities disclosed below:

	Pre-Tax/DAC Gain (Loss)
				Net Impact
	Net Impact			GMWB
	GMWB Liability			Liability and
	and Dynamic	Macro Hedge	Total Net	Dynamic Hedge	Macro Hedge	Total Net
	Hedge Program	Program	Impact	Program	Program	Impact
	Expected for first quarter 2011 based on			Expected for second quarter 2011 based on
Capital Market Factor	December 31, 2010			March 31, 2011
Equity markets increase / decrease 1% [1] [2]	$(0) / $0	$(26) / $26	$(26) / $26	$(0) / $0	$(23) / $23	$(23) / $23
Volatility increases / decreases 1% [3]	$(26) / $26	$15 / $(15)	$(11) / $11	$(23) / $23	$8 / $(8)	$(15) / $15
Interest rates increase / decrease 1 basis point [4]	$2 / $(2)	$(2) / $2	$0 / $(0)	$1 / $(1)	$(2) / $2	$1 / $(1)
Yen strengthens / weakens 1% versus all other currencies [5]	—	$57 / $(57)	$57 / $(57)	—	$48 / $(48)	$48 / $(48)

[1]	Represents the aggregate net impact of a 1% increase or decrease in broadly traded global equity indices.
[2]	Due to the structure of the macro hedging program, the decrease in equity sensitivity was primarily due to equity markets rallying during the first quarter of 2011.
[3]	Represents the aggregate net impact of a 1% increase or decrease in blended implied volatility that is generally skewed towards longer durations for broadly traded global equity indices. The decrease in volatility sensitivity was primarily due to a small reduction of shorter term equity implied volatility coverage in our macro hedge program.
[4]	Represents the aggregate net impact of a 1 basis point parallel shift on the global LIBOR yield curve.
[5]	Represents the aggregate net impact which includes other non-Macro FX hedges of a 1% strengthening or weakening in the yen compared to all other currencies. Due to the structure of the macro hedging program, the decrease in currency sensitivity was primarily due to the unwinding of certain currency positions and a weakened Yen during the quarter.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company incurred a net realized pre-tax loss of $348 on GMWB liabilities, net of reinsurance and the dynamic and macro hedging programs; this was driven primarily by a weakened yen by approximately 2% against the dollar and 8% against the Euro and increases in equity levels of approximately 5%, partially offset by decreases in volatility of approximately 2%. The table below provides a predicted pre-tax net realized loss calculated using the Company’s sensitivities expected for the first quarter disclosed above, as compared to the actual net changes:

	Predicted Earnings Impact
	Three Months Ended
GMWB Net Liability and Dynamic and Global Macro Programs	March 31, 2011
Equity markets increased approximately 5%	$	(130	)
Volatility decreased approximately 2%		22
Interest rates increased approximately 20 basis points		—
Yen weakened approximately 2% against USD and 8% against euro		(285	)
Total implied pre-tax net realized gain/(loss) [2]	$	(393	)
Actual reported pre-tax net realized gain/(loss) [1] [2]	$	(348	)

[1]

The actual reported pre-tax net realized gain/(loss) of ($348) includes a loss of $62 from other FX hedges that are disclosed in the “Other” net gain/(loss) line of the Realized gains(losses) table.

[2]

The difference between actual reported result and the implied pre-tax net realized gain/(loss) represents the aggregate net impact of the following factors: (i) non-parallel shifts in capital market factors, (ii) shifts that are not equal in size to those assumed in the calculation of the sensitivities or available information is not sufficiently detailed enough to determine the impacts, and (iii) other factors, including policyholder behavior, variation in underlying fund performance relative to the hedged indices, changes in the Hartford’s own credit, policyholder behavior assumption updates, rebalancing activities of macro hedges during the three months ended March 31, 2011, the impact of elapsed time on macro hedge assets, and changes in Non-U.S. GMWB fair value liabilities. This difference may vary materially from quarter-to-quarter.

95

Market Risk on Statutory Capital

Statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease in any period depending upon a variety of factors and may be compounded in extreme scenarios or if multiple factors occur at the same time. At times the impact of changes in certain market factors or a combination of multiple factors on RBC ratios can be counterintuitive. Factors include:

• In general, as equity market levels and interest rates decline, the amount and volatility of both our actual potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and capital margin for death and living benefit guarantees associated with U.S. variable annuity contracts can be materially negatively effected, sometimes at a greater than linear rate. Other market factors that can impact statutory surplus, reserve levels and capital margin include differences in performance of variable subaccounts relative to indices and/or realized equity and interest rate volatilities. In addition, as equity market levels increase, generally surplus levels will increase. RBC ratios will also tend to increase when equity markets increase. However, as a result of a number of factors and market conditions, including the level of hedging costs and other risk transfer activities, reserve requirements for death and living benefit guarantees and RBC requirements could increase with rising equity markets, resulting in lower RBC ratios. Non-market factors, which can also impact the amount and volatility of both our actual potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and capital margin, include actual and estimated policyholder behavior experience as it pertains to lapsation, partial withdrawals, and mortality.

• Similarly, for guaranteed benefits (GMDB, GMIB and GMWB) reinsured from our international operations to our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, the amount and volatility of both our actual potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and capital margin can be materially affected by a variety of factors, both market and non-market. Market factors include declines in various equity market indices and interest rates, changes in value of the yen versus other global currencies, difference in the performance of variable subaccounts relative to indices, and increases in realized equity, interest rate, and currency volatilities. Non-market factors include actual and estimated policyholder behavior experience as it pertains to lapsation, withdrawals, mortality, and annuitization. Risk mitigation activities, such as hedging, may also result in material and sometimes counterintuitive impacts on statutory surplus and capital margin. Notably, as changes in these market and non-market factors occur, both our potential obligation and the related statutory reserves and/or required capital can increase or decrease at a greater than linear rate.

• As the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio decreases, due in part to credit spread widening, statutory surplus and RBC ratios may decrease.

• As the value of certain derivative instruments that do not get hedge accounting decreases, statutory surplus and RBC ratios may decrease.

• The life insurance subsidiaries’ exposure to foreign currency exchange risk exists with respect to non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are accounted for at their U.S. dollar equivalent values using exchange rates at the balance sheet date. As foreign currency exchange rates vary in comparison to the U.S. dollar, the remeasured value of those non-dollar denominated assets or liabilities will also vary, causing an increase or decrease to statutory surplus.

• Our statutory surplus is also impacted by widening credit spreads as a result of the accounting for the assets and liabilities in our fixed market value adjusted (“MVA”) annuities. Statutory separate account assets supporting the fixed MVA annuities are recorded at fair value. In determining the statutory reserve for the fixed MVA annuities, we are required to use current crediting rates in the U.S. and Japanese LIBOR in Japan. In many capital market scenarios, current crediting rates in the U.S. are highly correlated with market rates implicit in the fair value of statutory separate account assets. As a result, the change in statutory reserve from period to period will likely substantially offset the change in the fair value of the statutory separate account assets. However, in periods of volatile credit markets, such as we have experienced, actual credit spreads on investment assets may increase sharply for certain sub-sectors of the overall credit market, resulting in statutory separate account asset market value losses. As actual credit spreads are not fully reflected in the current crediting rates in the U.S. or Japanese LIBOR in Japan, the calculation of statutory reserves will not substantially offset the change in fair value of the statutory separate account assets resulting in reductions in statutory surplus. This has resulted and may continue to result in the need to devote significant additional capital to support the product.

• With respect to our fixed annuity business, sustained low interest rates may result in a reduction in statutory surplus and an increase in National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) required capital.

Most of these factors are outside of the Company’s control. The Company’s financial strength and credit ratings are significantly influenced by the statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios of our insurance company subsidiaries. In addition, rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings.

The Company has reinsured approximately 20% of its risk associated with U.S. GMWB and 63% of its risk associated with the aggregate U.S. GMDB exposure. These reinsurance agreements serve to reduce the Company’s exposure to changes in the statutory reserves and the related capital and RBC ratios associated with changes in the capital market. The Company also continues to explore other solutions for mitigating the capital market risk effect on surplus, such as internal and external reinsurance solutions, modifications to our hedging program, changes in product design, increasing pricing and expense management.

96

Derivative Instruments

The Company utilizes a variety of derivative instruments, including swaps, caps, floors, forwards, futures and options through one of four Company-approved objectives: to hedge risk arising from interest rate, equity market, credit spread including issuer default, price or currency exchange rate risk or volatility; to manage liquidity; to control transaction costs; or to enter into replication transactions.

Further downgrades to the credit ratings of The Hartford’s insurance operating companies may have adverse implications for its use of derivatives including those used to hedge benefit guarantees of variable annuities. In some cases, further downgrades may give derivative counterparties the unilateral contractual right to cancel and settle outstanding derivative trades or require additional collateral to be posted. In addition, further downgrades may result in counterparties becoming unwilling to engage in additional over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives or may require collateralization before entering into any new trades. This will restrict the supply of derivative instruments commonly used to hedge variable annuity guarantees, particularly long-dated equity derivatives and interest rate swaps. Under these circumstances, The Hartford’s operating subsidiaries could conduct hedging activity using a combination of cash and exchange-traded instruments, in addition to using the available OTC derivatives.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The Company’s foreign currency exchange risk is related to non—U.S. dollar denominated investments, which primarily consist of fixed maturity investments, the investment in and net income of the Japanese and U.K. operations, and non-U.S. dollar denominated liability contracts, including its GMDB, GMAB, GMWB and GMIB benefits associated with its Japanese and U.K. variable annuities, and a yen denominated individual fixed annuity product. Also, foreign currency exchange rate risk is inherent when the Japan policyholders’ variable annuity sub-account investments are non-Japanese yen denominated securities while the related GMDB and GMIB guarantees are effectively yen-denominated. A portion of the Company’s foreign currency exposure is mitigated through the use of derivatives.

Fixed Maturity Investments

The risk associated with the non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities relates to potential decreases in value and income resulting from unfavorable changes in foreign exchange rates. In order to manage its currency exposures, the Company enters into foreign currency swaps and forwards to hedge the variability in cash flows as fair value associated with certain foreign denominated fixed maturities declines. These foreign currency swap and forward agreements are structured to match the foreign currency cash flows of the hedged foreign denominated securities.

Liabilities

The Company issued non-U.S. dollar denominated funding agreement liability contracts, and hedges the foreign currency risk associated with these liability contracts with currency rate swaps.

The yen based fixed annuity product was written by Hartford Life Insurance K.K. (“HLIKK”), a wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary of Hartford Life, Inc. (“HLI”), and subsequently reinsured to Hartford Life Insurance Company, a U.S. dollar based wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of HLI. In 2009, the Company suspended new sales of the Japan business. The underlying investment involves investing in U.S. securities markets, which offer favorable credit spreads. The yen denominated fixed annuity product (“yen fixed annuities”) is recorded in the consolidated balance sheets with invested assets denominated in dollars while policyholder liabilities are denominated in yen and converted to U.S. dollars based upon the March 31, yen to U.S. dollar spot rate. The difference between U.S. dollar denominated investments and yen denominated liabilities exposes the Company to currency risk. The Company manages this currency risk associated with the yen fixed annuities primarily with pay variable U.S. dollar and receive fixed yen currency swaps.

Prior to 2010, the Company had also issued guaranteed benefits (GMDB and GMIB) that were reinsured from HLIKK to the U.S. insurance subsidiaries. During 2010, the Company entered into foreign currency forward contracts that convert U.S. dollars to yen in order to hedge the foreign currency risk due to U.S. dollar denominated assets backing the yen denominated liabilities. The Company also enters into foreign currency forward contracts that convert euros to yen in order to economically hedge the risk arising when the Japan policyholders’ variable annuity sub-accounts are invested in non-Japanese yen denominated securities while the related GMDB and GMIB guarantees are effectively yen-denominated.

97

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

The following section discusses the overall financial strength of The Hartford and its insurance operations including their ability to generate cash flows from each of their business segments, borrow funds at competitive rates and raise new capital to meet operating and growth needs over the next twelve months.

Liquidity Requirements and Sources of Capital

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (Holding Company)

The liquidity requirements of the holding company of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“HFSG Holding Company”) have been and will continue to be met by HFSG Holding Company’s fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash of $2.2 billion at March 31, 2011, dividends from its insurance operations, as well as the issuance of common stock, debt or other capital securities and borrowings from its credit facilities. Expected liquidity requirements of the HFSG Holding Company for the next twelve months include interest on debt of approximately $500, maturity of senior notes of $400, common stockholder dividends, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors, of approximately $180, and preferred stock dividends of approximately $42.

In addition, in 2010 The Hartford entered into an intercompany liquidity agreement that allows for short-term advances of funds among the HFSG Holding Company and certain affiliates of up to $2.0 billion for liquidity and other general corporate purposes. The Connecticut Insurance Department granted approval for the Connecticut domiciled insurance companies that are parties to the agreement to treat receivables from a parent, including the HFSG Holding Company, as admitted assets for statutory accounting purposes.

Pension Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits

While the Company has significant discretion in making voluntary contributions to its U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and further amended by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, and Internal Revenue Code regulations mandate minimum contributions in certain circumstances. The Company does not have a required minimum funding contribution for the Plan for 2011 and the funding requirements for all of its pension plans are expected to be immaterial. The Company presently anticipates contributing approximately $200 to its pension plans in 2011, based upon certain economic and business assumptions. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, equity market performance, changes in interest rates and the Company’s other capital requirements.

Dividends from Insurance Subsidiaries

Dividends to the HFSG Holding Company from its insurance subsidiaries are restricted. The payment of dividends by Connecticut-domiciled insurers is limited under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. These laws require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of any dividend, which, together with other dividends or distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) net income (or net gain from operations, if such company is a life insurance company) for the twelve-month period ending on the thirty-first day of December last preceding, in each case determined under statutory insurance accounting principles. In addition, if any dividend of a Connecticut-domiciled insurer exceeds the insurer’s earned surplus, it requires the prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. The insurance holding company laws of the other jurisdictions in which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries are incorporated (or deemed commercially domiciled) generally contain similar (although in certain instances somewhat more restrictive) limitations on the payment of dividends. Dividends paid to HFSG Holding Company by its insurance subsidiaries are further dependent on cash requirements of HLI and other factors. The Company’s property-casualty insurance subsidiaries are permitted to pay up to a maximum of approximately $1.5 billion in dividends to HFSG Holding Company in 2011 without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. The Company’s life insurance subsidiaries are permitted to pay up to a maximum of approximately $83 in dividends to HLI in 2011 without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. The aggregate of these amounts, net of amounts required by HLI, is the maximum the insurance subsidiaries could pay to HFSG Holding Company in 2011 without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, HFSG Holding Company and HLI received no dividends from the life insurance subsidiaries, and HFSG Holding Company received $412 in dividends from its property-casualty insurance subsidiaries.

Other Sources of Capital for the HFSG Holding Company

The Hartford endeavors to maintain a capital structure that provides financial and operational flexibility to its insurance subsidiaries, ratings that support its competitive position in the financial services marketplace (see the “Ratings” section below for further discussion), and shareholder returns. As a result, the Company may from time to time raise capital from the issuance of stock, debt or other capital securities and is continuously evaluating strategic opportunities. The issuance of common stock, debt or other capital securities could result in the dilution of shareholder interests or reduced net income due to additional interest expense.

Shelf Registrations

On August 4, 2010, The Hartford filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) an automatic shelf registration statement (Registration No. 333-168532) for the potential offering and sale of debt and equity securities. The registration statement allows for the following types of securities to be offered: debt securities, junior subordinated debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, depositary shares, warrants, stock purchase contracts, and stock purchase units. In that The Hartford is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, the registration statement went effective immediately upon filing and The Hartford may offer and sell an unlimited amount of securities under the registration statement during the three-year life of the shelf.

98

Contingent Capital Facility

On February 12, 2007, The Hartford entered into a put option agreement (the “Put Option Agreement”) with Glen Meadow ABC Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ABC Trust”), and LaSalle Bank National Association, as put option calculation agent. The Put Option Agreement provides The Hartford with the right to require the ABC Trust, at any time and from time to time, to purchase The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500.

Commercial Paper and Revolving Credit Facility

The table below details the Company’s short-term debt programs and the applicable balances outstanding.

					Maximum Available As of				Outstanding As of
	Effective		Expiration		March 31,		December 31,		March 31,		December 31,
Description	Date		Date		2011		2010		2011		2010
Commercial Paper
The Hartford		11/10/86		N/A	$	2,000	$	2,000	$	—	$	—
Revolving Credit Facility
5-year revolving credit facility		8/9/07		8/9/12		1,900		1,900		—		—
Total Commercial Paper and Revolving Credit Facility					$	3,900	$	3,900	$	—	$	—

The revolving credit facility provides for up to $1.9 billion of unsecured credit through August 9, 2012. Of the total availability under the revolving credit facility, up to $100 is available to support letters of credit issued on behalf of The Hartford or other subsidiaries of The Hartford. Under the revolving credit facility, the Company must maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth of $12.5 billion. At March 31, 2011, the consolidated net worth of the Company as calculated in accordance with the terms of the credit facility was $23.5 billion. The definition of consolidated net worth under the terms of the credit facility, excludes AOCI and includes the Company’s outstanding junior subordinated debentures and perpetual preferred securities, net of discount. In addition, the Company must not exceed a maximum ratio of debt to capitalization of 40%. At March 31, 2011, as calculated in accordance with the terms of the credit facility, the Company’s debt to capitalization ratio was 17%. Quarterly, the Company certifies compliance with the financial covenants for the syndicate of participating financial institutions. As of March 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

The Hartford’s Japan operations also maintain two lines of credit in support of the subsidiary operations. Both lines of credit are in the amount of $60, or ¥5 billion, and individually have expiration dates of September 30, 2011 and January 4, 2012.

Derivative Commitments

Certain of the Company’s derivative agreements contain provisions that are tied to the financial strength ratings of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement as set by nationally recognized statistical rating agencies. If the legal entity’s financial strength were to fall below certain ratings, the counterparties to the derivative agreements could demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization and in certain instances demand immediate settlement of all outstanding derivative positions traded under each impacted bilateral agreement. The settlement amount is determined by netting the derivative positions transacted under each agreement. If the termination rights were to be exercised by the counterparties, it could impact the legal entity’s ability to conduct hedging activities by increasing the associated costs and decreasing the willingness of counterparties to transact with the legal entity. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position as of March 31, 2011, is $584. Of this $584 the legal entities have posted collateral of $499 in the normal course of business. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 2011, a downgrade of one level below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody’s or S&P could require approximately an additional $40 to be posted as collateral. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 2011, a downgrade by either Moody’s or S&P of two levels below the legal entities’ current financial strength ratings could require approximately an additional $71 of assets to be posted as collateral. These collateral amounts could change as derivative market values change, as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated. The nature of the collateral that we may be required to post is primarily in the form of U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. Treasury notes.

The aggregate notional amount of derivative relationships that could be subject to immediate termination in the event of rating agency downgrades to either BBB+ or Baa1 as of March 31, 2011 was $15.1 billion with a corresponding fair value of $156. The notional and fair value amounts include a customized GMWB derivative with a notional amount of $5.0 billion and a fair value of $90, for which the Company has a contractual right to make a collateral payment in the amount of approximately $62 to prevent its termination.

99

Insurance Operations

Current and expected patterns of claim frequency and severity or surrenders may change from period to period but continue to be within historical norms and, therefore, the Company’s insurance operations’ current liquidity position is considered to be sufficient to meet anticipated demands over the next twelve months, including any obligations related to the Company’s restructuring activities. For a discussion and tabular presentation of the Company’s current contractual obligations by period, refer to Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations within the Capital Resources and Liquidity section of the MD&A included in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

The principal sources of operating funds are premiums, fees earned from assets under management and investment income, while investing cash flows originate from maturities and sales of invested assets. The primary uses of funds are to pay claims, claim adjustment expenses, commissions and other underwriting expenses, to purchase new investments and to make dividend payments to the HFSG Holding Company.

The Company’s insurance operations consist of property and casualty insurance products (collectively referred to as “Property & Casualty Operations”) and life insurance products (collectively referred to as “Life Operations”).

Property & Casualty Operations

Property & Casualty Operations holds fixed maturity securities including a significant short-term investment position (securities with maturities of one year or less at the time of purchase) to meet liquidity needs.

The following table summarizes Property & Casualty Operations’ fixed maturities, short-term investments, and cash, as of March 31, 2011:

Fixed maturities	$	25,225
Short-term investments		933
Cash		194
Less: Derivative collateral		(195	)
Total	$	26,157

Liquidity requirements that are unable to be funded by Property & Casualty’s short-term investments would be satisfied with current operating funds, including premiums received or through the sale of invested assets. A sale of invested assets could result in significant realized losses.

Life Operations

Life Operations’ total general account contractholder obligations are supported by $69 billion of cash and total general account invested assets, excluding equity securities, trading, which includes a significant short-term investment position to meet liquidity needs.

The following table summarizes Operations’ fixed maturities, short-term investments, and cash, as of March 31, 2011:

Fixed maturities	$	53,998
Short-term investments		4,398
Cash		2,119
Less: Derivative collateral		(1,297	)
Cash associated with Japan variable annuities		(706	)
Total	$	58,512

Capital resources available to fund liquidity, upon contract holder surrender, are a function of the legal entity in which the liquidity requirement resides. Generally, obligations of Group Benefits will be funded by Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company; Global Annuity and Life Insurance obligations will be generally funded by both Hartford Life Insurance Company and Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company; obligations of Retirement Plans and institutional investment products will be generally funded by Hartford Life Insurance Company; and obligations of the Company’s international annuity subsidiaries will be generally funded by the legal entity in the country in which the obligation was generated.

100

	As of
	March 31,
Contractholder Obligations	2011
Total Life contractholder obligations	$	259,180
Less: Separate account assets [1]		(164,043	)
International statutory separate accounts [1]		(32,297	)
General account contractholder obligations	$	62,840
Composition of General Account Contractholder Obligations
Contracts without a surrender provision and/or fixed payout dates [2]	$	28,493
Fixed MVA annuities [3]		10,326
International fixed MVA annuities		2,622
Guaranteed investment contracts (“GIC”) [4]		858
Other [5]		20,541
General account contractholder obligations	$	62,840

[1]	In the event customers elect to surrender separate account assets or international statutory separate accounts, Life Operations will use the proceeds from the sale of the assets to fund the surrender, and Life Operations’ liquidity position will not be impacted. In many instances Life Operations will receive a percentage of the surrender amount as compensation for early surrender (surrender charge), increasing Life Operations’ liquidity position. In addition, a surrender of variable annuity separate account or general account assets (see below) will decrease Life Operations’ obligation for payments on guaranteed living and death benefits.
[2]	Relates to contracts such as payout annuities or institutional notes, other than guaranteed investment products with an MVA feature (discussed below) or surrenders of term life, group benefit contracts or death and living benefit reserves for which surrenders will have no current effect on Life Operations’ liquidity requirements.
[3]	Relates to annuities that are held in a statutory separate account, but under U.S. GAAP are recorded in the general account as Fixed MVA annuity contract holders are subject to the Company’s credit risk. In the statutory separate account, Life Operations is required to maintain invested assets with a fair value equal to the MVA surrender value of the Fixed MVA contract. In the event assets decline in value at a greater rate than the MVA surrender value of the Fixed MVA contract, Life Operations is required to contribute additional capital to the statutory separate account. Life Operations will fund these required contributions with operating cash flows or short-term investments. In the event that operating cash flows or short-term investments are not sufficient to fund required contributions, the Company may have to sell other invested assets at a loss, potentially resulting in a decrease in statutory surplus. As the fair value of invested assets in the statutory separate account are generally equal to the MVA surrender value of the Fixed MVA contract, surrender of Fixed MVA annuities will have an insignificant impact on the liquidity requirements of Life Operations.
[4]	GICs are subject to discontinuance provisions which allow the policyholders to terminate their contracts prior to scheduled maturity at the lesser of the book value or market value. Generally, the market value adjustment reflects changes in interest rates and credit spreads. As a result, the market value adjustment feature in the GIC serves to protect the Company from interest rate risks and limit Life Operations’ liquidity requirements in the event of a surrender.
[5]	Surrenders of, or policy loans taken from, as applicable, these general account liabilities, which include the general account option for Global Annuity’s individual variable annuities and Life Insurance’s variable life contracts, the general account option for Retirement Plans’ annuities and universal life contracts sold by Life Insurance may be funded through operating cash flows of Life Operations, available short-term investments, or Life Operations may be required to sell fixed maturity investments to fund the surrender payment. Sales of fixed maturity investments could result in the recognition of significant realized losses and insufficient proceeds to fully fund the surrender amount. In this circumstance, Life Operations may need to take other actions, including enforcing certain contract provisions which could restrict surrenders and/or slow or defer payouts.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

There have been no material changes to the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements and aggregate contractual obligations since the filing of the Company’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

101

Capitalization

The capital structure of The Hartford as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of debt and stockholders’ equity, summarized as follows:

	March 31,			December 31,
	2011			2010			Change
Short-term debt (includes current maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations)	$	400		$	400			—
Long-term debt		6,210			6,207			—
Total debt [1]		6,610			6,607			—
Stockholders’ equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (“AOCI”)		21,763			21,312			2	%
AOCI, net of tax		(764	)		(1,001	)		24	%
Total stockholders’ equity	$	20,999		$	20,311			3	%
Total capitalization including AOCI	$	27,609		$	26,918			3	%
Debt to stockholders’ equity		31	%		33	%
Debt to capitalization		24	%		25	%

[1] Total debt of the Company excludes $382 of consumer notes as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and $25 of Federal Home Loan Bank advances recorded in other liabilities as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

The Hartford’s total capitalization increased $691, or 3%, from December 31, 2010 to March 31, 2011 due to improvements in AOCI and increases in stockholders’ equity, excluding AOCI. AOCI, net of tax, improved primarily due to decreases in net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities of $315 primarily as a result of improved security valuations largely due to credit spread tightening, partially offset by rising interest rates. The increase in stockholders’ equity, excluding AOCI, was primarily due to net income of $511.

For additional information on equity and AOCI, net of tax, see Notes 15 and 16, respectively, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Cash Flows	2011			2010
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	474		$	488
Net cash provided by investing activities		254			99
Net cash used for financing activities		(451	)		(652	)
Cash — end of period		2,317			2,079

Cash from operating activities compared to the prior year period decreased as a result of lower net investment income on available-for-sale securities, excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments.

Cash used for investing activities in 2011 primarily relates to net proceeds of available-for-sale securities of $1.3 billion, partially offset by net payments on derivatives of $465 and net purchases of mortgage loans of $256. Cash provided by investing activities in 2010 primarily relates to $708 of net proceeds from sales of mortgage loans, partially offset by $346 of net purchases of available-for-sale securities and $252 of net payments on derivatives.

Cash used for financing activities in 2011 consists primarily of $418 of net outflows on investment and universal life-type contracts. In the comparable prior period of 2010, cash used for financing activities was primarily related to the redemption of preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury of $3.4 billion, repayments of consumer notes of $302 and net outflows on investment and universal life-type contracts in 2010. Partially offsetting the decreases were proceeds from the issuance of $1.1 billion in aggregate senior notes, issuance of common stock under a public offering of $1.6 billion and issuance of mandatory convertible preferred stock of $556.

Operating cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 have been adequate to meet liquidity requirements.

Equity Markets

For a discussion of the potential impact of the equity markets on capital and liquidity, see the Capital Markets Risk Management section of the MD&A under Market Risk above.

102

Ratings

Ratings impact the Company’s cost of borrowing and its ability to access financing and are an important factor in establishing competitive position in the insurance and financial services marketplace. There can be no assurance that the Company’s ratings will continue for any given period of time or that they will not be changed. In the event the Company’s ratings are downgraded, the Company’s cost of borrowing and ability to access financing, as well as the level of revenues or the persistency of its business may be adversely impacted.

On February 25, 2011, Fitch Ratings announced that it had affirmed the issuer default ratings, debt and insurer financial strength ratings for the Company and its primary life and property-casualty insurance subsidiaries, and had revised the Company’s ratings outlook to stable.

On March 23, 2011, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services announced that it had affirmed the counterparty credit rating of the Company, and the counterparty credit and financial strength ratings on the operating subsidiaries, and had revised the Company’s ratings outlook to stable.

On April 12, 2011, A.M. Best announced that it had affirmed the issuer credit rating of the Company and revised the Company’s ratings outlook to stable. Additionally, A.M. Best affirmed the financial strength ratings and issuer credit ratings of the primary life insurance subsidiaries. The outlook for issuer credit rating of the primary life insurance subsidiaries was revised to stable from negative, while the outlook for the financial strength rating remained stable. A.M. Best also affirmed the issuer credit ratings and financial strength rating of the primary property-casualty insurance subsidiaries and maintained a stable outlook.

The following table summarizes The Hartford’s significant member companies’ financial ratings from the major independent rating organizations as of April 26, 2011.

Insurance Financial Strength Ratings:	A.M. Best	Fitch	Standard & Poor’s	Moody’s
Hartford Fire Insurance Company	A	A+	A	A2
Hartford Life Insurance Company	A	A-	A	A3
Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company	A	A-	A	A3
Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company	A	A-	A	A3
Other Ratings:
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.:
Senior debt	bbb+	BBB-	BBB	Baa3
Commercial paper	AMB-2	F2	A-2	P-3

These ratings are not a recommendation to buy or hold any of The Hartford’s securities and they may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the rating organization.

The agencies consider many factors in determining the final rating of an insurance company. One consideration is the relative level of statutory surplus necessary to support the business written. Statutory surplus represents the capital of the insurance company reported in accordance with accounting practices prescribed by the applicable state insurance department.

Statutory Surplus

The table below sets forth statutory surplus for the Company’s insurance companies. The statutory surplus amount as of December 31, 2010 in the table below is based on actual statutory filings with the applicable regulatory authorities. The statutory surplus amount as of March 31, 2011 is an estimate, as the first quarter 2011 statutory filings have not yet been made.

	March 31,		December 31,
	2011		2010
U.S. life insurance subsidiaries, includes domestic captive insurance subsidiaries	$	7,931	$	7,731
Property and casualty insurance subsidiaries		7,883		7,721
Total	$	15,814	$	15,452

Total statutory capital and surplus increased by $362 primarily due to a combined statutory net income of $1.0 billion for the property and casualty subsidiaries and U.S. life insurance subsidiaries, including domestic captive insurance subsidiaries, partially offset by dividends to the HFSG Holding Company of $412 and a combined net impact of unrealized losses of approximately $200 for the property and casualty subsidiaries and U.S. life insurance subsidiaries, including domestic captive insurance subsidiaries.

The Company also holds regulatory capital and surplus for its operations in Japan. Using the investment in subsidiary accounting requirements defined in the U.S. National Association of Insurance Commissioners Statements of Statutory Accounting Practices, the Company’s statutory capital and surplus attributed to the Japan operations was $1.3 billion and $1.2 billion as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. However, under the accounting practices and procedures governed by Japanese regulatory authorities, the Company’s statutory capital and surplus was $1.3 billion as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Contingencies

Legal Proceedings — For a discussion regarding contingencies related to The Hartford’s legal proceedings, please see the information contained under “Litigation” in Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.

103

Legislative Developments

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was enacted on July 21, 2010, mandating changes to the regulation of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act may affect our operations and governance in ways that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act vests a newly created Financial Services Oversight Council with the power to designate “systemically important” institutions, which will be subject to special regulatory supervision and other provisions intended to prevent, or mitigate the impact of, future disruptions in the U.S. financial system. Systemically important institutions are limited to large bank holding companies and nonbank financial companies that are so important that their potential failure could “pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.” If we are designated as a systemically important institution, we could be subject to higher capital requirements and additional regulatory oversight imposed by The Federal Reserve, as well as to post-event assessments imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to recoup the costs associated with the orderly liquidation of other systemically important institutions in the event one or more such institutions fails. Further, the FDIC is authorized to petition a state court to commence an insolvency proceeding to liquidate an insurance company that fails in the event the insurer’s state regulator fails to act. Other provisions will require central clearing of, and/or impose new margin and capital requirements on, derivatives transactions, which we expect will increase the costs of our hedging program.

A number of provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act affect us solely due to our status as a savings and loan holding company. For example, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the OTS will be dissolved. The Federal Reserve will regulate us as a holding company, and the OCC will regulate our thrift subsidiary, Federal Trust Bank. Because of our status as a savings and loan holding company or if we are designated a systemically important institution, the Dodd-Frank Act may also restrict us from sponsoring and investing in private equity and hedge funds, which would limit our discretion in managing our general account. The Dodd-Frank Act will also impose new minimum capital standards on a consolidated basis for holding companies that, like us, control insured depository institutions, as well as additional regulation of compensation.

Other provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that may impact us, irrespective of whether or not we are a savings and loan holding company include: the possibility that regulators could break up firms that are considered “too big to fail;” a new “Federal Insurance Office” within Treasury to, among other things, conduct a study of how to improve insurance regulation in the United States; new means for regulators to limit the activities of financial firms; discretionary authority for the SEC to impose a harmonized standard of care for investment advisers and broker-dealers who provide personalized advice about securities to retail customers; and enhancements to corporate governance, especially regarding risk management.

The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act could adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition.

FY 2012, Budget of the United States Government

On February 15, 2011, the Obama Administration released its “FY 2012, Budget of the United States Government” (the “Budget”). Although the Administration has not released proposed statutory language, the Budget includes proposals which if enacted, would affect the taxation of life insurance companies and certain life insurance products. In particular, the proposals would affect the treatment of corporate owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies by limiting the availability of certain interest deductions for companies that purchase those policies. The proposals would also change the method used to determine the amount of dividend income received by a life insurance company on assets held in separate accounts used to support products, including variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts, that are eligible for the dividends received deduction (“DRD”). The DRD reduces the amount of dividend income subject to tax and is a significant component of the difference between the Company’s actual tax expense and expected amount determined using the federal statutory tax rate of 35%. If proposals of this type were enacted, the Company’s sale of COLI, variable annuities, and variable life products could be adversely affected and the Company’s actual tax expense could increase, reducing earnings. The Budget also included a proposal to levy a “Financial Crisis Responsibility Fee,” of $30 billion, in the aggregate, over 10 years on large financial institutions, including The Hartford.

IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

For a discussion of accounting standards, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 2010 Form 10-K Annual Report and Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.

Item 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information contained in the Capital Markets Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

The Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, based on their evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective for the purposes set forth in the definition thereof in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of March 31, 2011.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s first fiscal quarter of 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

104

Part II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Litigation

The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties discussed below under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims,” management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford.

The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. These actions include, among others, putative state and federal class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile, property, life and inland marine; improper sales practices in connection with the sale of life insurance and other investment products; and improper fee arrangements in connection with investment products. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

Broker Compensation Litigation — Following the New York Attorney General’s filing of a civil complaint against Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., and Marsh, Inc. (collectively, “Marsh”) in October 2004 alleging that certain insurance companies, including The Hartford, participated with Marsh in arrangements to submit inflated bids for business insurance and paid contingent commissions to ensure that Marsh would direct business to them, private plaintiffs brought several lawsuits against the Company predicated on the allegations in the Marsh complaint, to which the Company was not party. Among these is a multidistrict litigation in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey. Two consolidated amended complaints were filed in the multidistrict litigation, one related to conduct in connection with the sale of property-casualty insurance and the other related to alleged conduct in connection with the sale of group benefits products. The Company and various of its subsidiaries are named in both complaints. The complaints assert, on behalf of a putative class of persons who purchased insurance through broker defendants, claims under the Sherman Act, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), state law, and in the case of the group benefits complaint, claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). The claims are predicated upon allegedly undisclosed or otherwise improper payments of contingent commissions to the broker defendants to steer business to the insurance company defendants. The district court dismissed the Sherman Act and RICO claims in both complaints for failure to state a claim and has granted the defendants’ motions for summary judgment on the ERISA claims in the group-benefits products complaint. The district court further declined to exercise supplemental jurisdiction over the state law claims and dismissed those claims without prejudice. The plaintiffs appealed the dismissal of the claims in both consolidated amended complaints, except the ERISA claims. In August 2010, the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit affirmed the dismissal of the Sherman Act and RICO claims against the Company. The Third Circuit vacated the dismissal of the Sherman Act and RICO claims against some defendants in the property casualty insurance case and vacated the dismissal of the state-law claims as to all defendants in light of the reinstatement of the federal claims. In September 2010, the district court entered final judgment for the defendants in the group benefits case. In March 2011, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle on a class basis the property casualty insurance case for an immaterial amount. The settlement is contingent upon the execution of a final settlement agreement and preliminary and final court approval.

Investment and Savings Plan ERISA and Shareholder Securities Class Action Litigation — In November and December 2008, following a decline in the share price of the Company’s common stock, seven putative class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut on behalf of certain participants in the Company’s Investment and Savings Plan (the “Plan”), which offers the Company’s common stock as one of many investment options. These lawsuits have been consolidated, and a consolidated amended class-action complaint was filed on March 23, 2009, alleging that the Company and certain of its officers and employees violated ERISA by allowing the Plan’s participants to invest in the Company’s common stock and by failing to disclose to the Plan’s participants information about the Company’s financial condition. The lawsuit seeks restitution or damages for losses arising from the investment of the Plan’s assets in the Company’s common stock during the period from December 10, 2007 to the present. In January 2010, the district court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint. In February 2011, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle on a class basis for an immaterial amount. The settlement is contingent upon the execution of a final settlement agreement and preliminary and final court approval.

105

The Company and certain of its present or former officers are defendants in a putative securities class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in March 2010. The operative complaint, filed in October 2010, is brought on behalf of persons who acquired Hartford common stock during the period of July 28, 2008 through February 5, 2009, and alleges that the defendants violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5, by making false or misleading statements during the alleged class period about the Company’s valuation of certain asset-backed securities and its effect on the Company’s capital position. The Company disputes the allegations and has moved to dismiss the complaint.

Fair Credit Reporting Act Class Action — In February 2007, the United States District Court for the District of Oregon gave final approval of the Company’s settlement of a lawsuit brought on behalf of a class of homeowners and automobile policy holders alleging that the Company willfully violated the Fair Credit Reporting Act by failing to send appropriate notices to new customers whose initial rates were higher than they would have been had the customer had a more favorable credit report. The Company paid approximately $84.3 to eligible claimants and their counsel in connection with the settlement, and sought reimbursement from the Company’s Excess Professional Liability Insurance Program for the portion of the settlement in excess of the Company’s $10 self-insured retention. Certain insurance carriers participating in that program disputed coverage for the settlement, and one of the excess insurers commenced an arbitration that resulted in an award in the Company’s favor and payments to the Company of approximately $30.1, thereby exhausting the primary and first-layer excess policies. In June 2009, the second-layer excess carriers commenced an arbitration to resolve the dispute over coverage for the remainder of the amounts paid by the Company. The arbitration hearing is scheduled for May 2011. Management believes it is probable that the Company’s coverage position ultimately will be sustained.

Mutual Funds Litigation — In October 2010, a derivative action was brought on behalf of six Hartford retail mutual funds in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging that Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC received excessive advisory and distribution fees in violation of its statutory fiduciary duty under Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. In February 2011, a nearly identical derivative action was brought against Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey on behalf of six additional Hartford retail mutual funds. Both actions are assigned to the Honorable Renee Marie Bumb, a judge in the District of New Jersey who is sitting by designation with respect to the Delaware action. Plaintiffs in each action seek to rescind the investment management agreements and distribution plans between the Company and the mutual funds and to recover the total fees charged thereunder or, in the alternative, to recover any improper compensation the Company received. In addition, plaintiff in the New Jersey action seeks recovery of lost earnings. The Company disputes the allegations and, has moved to dismiss the Delaware action, and intends to move to dismiss the New Jersey action.

Asbestos and Environmental Claims — As discussed in Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the caption “Reserving for Asbestos and Environmental Claims within Other Operations,” The Hartford continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims that involve significant uncertainty regarding policy coverage issues. Regarding these claims, The Hartford continually reviews its overall reserve levels and reinsurance coverages, as well as the methodologies it uses to estimate its exposures. Because of the significant uncertainties that limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses, particularly those related to asbestos, the ultimate liabilities may exceed the currently recorded reserves. Any such additional liability cannot be reasonably estimated now but could be material to The Hartford’s consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

106

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investing in The Hartford involves risk. In deciding whether to invest in The Hartford, you should carefully consider the risk factors disclosed in Item 1A of Part I of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the ended December 31, 2010, any of which could have a significant or material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, operating results or liquidity of The Hartford. This information should be considered carefully together with the other information contained in this report and the other reports and materials filed by The Hartford with the SEC.

Item 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

The following table summarizes the Company’s repurchases of its common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2011:

					Total Number of		Approximate Dollar
					Shares Purchased as		Value of Shares that
	Total Number		Average Price		Part of Publicly		May Yet Be
	of Shares		Paid Per		Announced Plans or		Purchased Under
Period	Purchased [1]		Share		Programs		the Plans or Programs
							(in millions)
January 1, 2011 — January 31, 2011		538	$	23.10		—	$	807
February 1, 2011 — February 28, 2011		—	$	—		—		807
March 1, 2011 — March 31, 2011		167,433	$	29.28		—		807
Total		167,971	$	29.26		—		N/A

[1] Primarily represents shares acquired from employees of the Company for tax withholding purposes in connection with the Company’s stock compensation plans.

The Hartford’s Board of Directors has authorized a $1 billion stock repurchase program. The Company’s repurchase authorization permits purchases of common stock, which may be in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The Company also may enter into derivative transactions to facilitate future repurchases of common stock. The timing of any future repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the market price of the Company’s securities, the Company’s capital position, consideration of the effect of any repurchases on the Company’s financial strength or credit ratings, and other corporate considerations. The repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.

Item 6. EXHIBITS

See Exhibits Index on page 109.

107

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.

(Registrant)

Date: May 2, 2011	/s/ Beth A. Bombara
	Beth A. Bombara
	Senior Vice President and Controller (Chief accounting officer and duly authorized signatory)

108

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2011
FORM 10-Q

EXHIBITS INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
15.01	Deloitte & Touche LLP Letter of Awareness.
31.01	Certification of Liam E. McGee pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.02	Certification of Christopher J. Swift pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.01	Certification of Liam E. McGee pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.02	Certification of Christopher J. Swift pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

109

EX-15.01

Exhibit 15.01

May 2, 2011

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.
One Hartford Plaza
Hartford, Connecticut 06155

We have reviewed, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the unaudited interim financial information of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the periods ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, as indicated in our report dated May 2, 2011; because we did not perform an audit, we expressed no opinion on that information.

We are aware that our report referred to above, which is included in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, is incorporated by reference in the following registration statements:

Form S-3 Registration No.	Form S-8 Registration Nos.
333-168532		333-105707
		333-49170
		333-105706
		333-34092
		033-80665
		333-12563
		333-125489
		333-157372
		333-160173
		333-168537

We also are aware that the aforementioned report, pursuant to Rule 436(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, is not considered a part of the Registration Statement prepared or certified by an accountant or a report prepared or certified by an accountant within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of that Act.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Hartford, Connecticut

110

EX-31.01

Exhibit 31.01

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ENACTED BY SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Liam E. McGee, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 2, 2011	/s/ Liam E. McGee
	Liam E. McGee
	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

111

EX-31.02

Exhibit 31.02

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ENACTED BY SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Christopher J. Swift, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 2, 2011	/s/ Christopher J. Swift
	Christopher J. Swift
	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

112

EX-32.01

Exhibit 32.01

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ENACTED BY SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2011 of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (the “Company”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350 as enacted by section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May 2, 2011	/s/ Liam E. McGee
	Liam E. McGee
	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

113

EX-32.02

Exhibit 32.02

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ENACTED BY SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2011 of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (the “Company”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350 as enacted by section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May 2, 2011	/s/ Christopher J. Swift
	Christopher J. Swift
	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

114